As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11, 2007

Registration No. 333-                  

==================================================================================

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM SB-2

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

______________________________


           B2 HEALTH, INC.          

(Name of small business issuer in its charter)


       DELAWARE        

(State or jurisdiction of

 incorporation or organization)

       3842       

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

       20-4456503       

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)


John Quam, President

7750 N. Union Boulevard, Suite 201

 Colorado Springs, CO 80920

         Telephone: 719-266-1544       Facsimile: 425-940-7748         

 (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)

 (Address of principal place of business or intended principal place of business)


American Incorporators, Ltd.

   1220 North Market Street, Suite 808, Wilmington, DE 19801; phone 719-266-1544   

(Name, address and telephone numbers of agent for service)


     With Copies to:     

Clifford L. Neuman, P.C.

1507 Pine Street

Boulder, CO 80302

Telephone: 303-449-2100      Facsimile: 303-449-1045


Approximate date of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.


If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]


If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]  


If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]


If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box. [ ]

 



i





Calculation Of Registration Fee


Title of Each Class of

Securities To Be

Registered


Amount To Be

Registered

Proposed Maximum

Offering Price

Per Unit

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate Offering

Price


Amount of

Registration Fee (1)

Common Stock, $.0001 par value:


500,000


$1.00


$500,000.00


$100.00

TOTAL:

   

$500,000.00

$100.00


(1)  Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.



ii




The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective.  The prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.


Preliminary Prospectus


B2 HEALTH, INC.


500,000 Shares of Common Stock


We are offering up to 500,000 shares of the common stock of B2 Health, Inc.  


The offering is being conducted on a 200,000-share minimum, 500,000-share maximum, best efforts, and all-or-none basis at an offering price of $1.00 per share.  Each investor must purchase a minimum of 500 shares, for a minimum investment of $500.  All proceeds from the sale of shares will be deposited into an escrow account with Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc., as escrow agent.  If we are unable to sell at least 200,000 shares before the offering period ends, we will return all funds, without deduction or interest, to subscribers promptly after the end of the offering.


The offering will remain open until all of the shares offered are sold or _______________ , 2007 [90 days from the date of this Prospectus], whichever occurs sooner.  We may extend the offering period for an additional 90 days, at our discretion.  We may decide to cease selling efforts prior to such date if we determine that it is no longer beneficial to continue the offering.


We plan to offer the shares through our officers and directors.  We do not plan to use underwriters or pay any commissions on any sales of shares in this offering.  


To date, there has been no public market for any of our securities, and our securities are not listed on any stock exchange or traded on the over-the-counter market.  The offering price has been determined by us arbitrarily.  


 

Price to Public

Proceeds to Company

Per Share

$ 1.00

$ 1.00

Minimum Offering

$ 200,000

$ 200,000

Maximum Offering

$ 500,000

$ 500,000


Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.  You should read the "Risk Factors" beginning on Page 7 before buying shares of our common stock.


Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


The date of this Prospectus is _____________, 2007.




iii



B2 HEALTH, INC.


Cross-Reference Index



 

Item No. and Heading

 
 

In Form SB-2

Location

 

Registration Statement

in Prospectus

     

1.

Forepart of the Registration Statement

and Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus

Forepart of Registration Statement and

Outside Front Cover Page of

Prospectus

     

2.

Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages

of Prospectus

Inside Front and Outside Back Cover

Pages of Prospectus

     

3.

Summary and Risk Factors

Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors

     

4.

Use of Proceeds

Use of Proceeds; Risk Factors

     

5.

Determination of Offering Price

The Offering

     

6.

Dilution

Dilution

     

7.

Selling Securityholders

*

     

8.

Plan of Distribution

Prospectus Summary; The Offering

     

9.

Legal Proceedings

Legal Proceedings

     

10.

Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters

and Controlling Persons

Management

     

11.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial

Owners and Management

Security Ownership of Management

and Principal Stockholders

     

12.

Description of Securities

Description of Securities

     

13.

Interest of Named Experts and Counsel

Legal Matters; Experts

     

14.

Disclosure of SEC Position on

Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities

Management - Indemnification and

Limitation on Liability of Directors

     

15.

Organization Within Last Five Years

The Company; Business – Overview

     

16.

Description of Business

Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors;

Business

     



iv





17.

Management's Discussion and Analysis or

Plan of Operation

Management's Discussion and Analysis

of Financial Condition and Results of

Operations; Financial Statements;

Business

     

18.

Description of Property

Business

     

19.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Certain Transactions

     

20.

Market for Common Equity and Related

Stockholder Matters

Market for Common Stock

     

21.

Executive Compensation

Management - Executive

Compensation

     

22.

Financial Statements

Financial Statements

     

23.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants

on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

*



* Omitted from Prospectus because Item is inapplicable or answer is in the negative



v



Prospectus Summary


        This summary highlights important information about our business and about the offering.  Because it is a summary, it does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our securities.  Please read this entire prospectus, including the information under “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.


B2 Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is a holding company for its wholly-owned operating subsidiary, Back 2 Health, Ltd., a Colorado corporation.  Throughout this prospectus, the terms "our," "we," "us," and "the Company," refer to B2 Health, Inc. and its subsidiary, Back 2 Health, Ltd.  


About our Company


We are a medical device company engaged in the design, development, manufacturing and marketing of premium motorized physical therapy treatment beds for a broad range of back and spinal medical indications.  Our principal product is the Backroller Intersegmental Traction Bed (the “Backroller”).  The Backroller passively exercises spinal muscles and massages paraspinal muscles and tissue, thus providing trainers, physical therapists, doctors, chiropractors and individuals an effective way to relieve back and spinal pain.   


The actions of the Backroller are designed to be helpful in:


·

Relieving back pain or stiffness

·

Providing muscular massage

·

Improving spinal mobility and muscle flexibility

·

Providing linear muscle traction of spine

·

Reliving fatigue, tiredness and tension

·

Improving spinal range of motion

·

Offers better sleep all night long

·

Reducing painful “knots” in the back muscles

·

Contributing to total body relaxation


The Backroller is easy to use, having been engineered with a variety of user friendly features, including touch screen technology.  It is fully automated and designed with firmware technology and memory for ease of future software upgrades.  We believe the traditional benefits of decompression therapy through traction combined with the actions of the Backroller will enable trainers, physical therapists, doctors, chiropractors and other health service providers to offer an effective pain relieving therapy, while at the same time, generating increased income.  


We sell the Backroller through a network of local and regional third-party wholesale distributors, including independent medical supply and service organizations.  Currently, our greatest demand for the Backroller currently stems from practitioners in the chiropractic, osteopathic and therapeutic fields, as well as from traditional medical doctors.


We were incorporated in Delaware on March 8, 2006.  Our principal executive offices are located at 7750 N. Union Blvd., Suite 201, Colorado Springs, Colorado 80920, and our telephone number at that address is (719) 266-1544.  Our website address is www.back2healthltd.com .   The reference to this website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained therein.  



1



About The Offering


Securities offered:

 

Minimum

 

200,000 shares of common stock

 

Maximum

 

500,000 shares of common stock

Price to the public:

 

$ 1.00 per share

   

Total Offering:

       
 

Minimum

 

$ 200,000

   
 

Maximum

 

$ 500,000

   

Shares Outstanding After Offering (1)

     
 

Minimum

 

767,500 (1)

   
 

Maximum

 

1,067,500 (1)

   

Manner of sales:

Solely through our officers and directors.  We do not plan to use the services of an underwriter.

Commissions:

No commissions will be paid on sales of shares in this offering.

Term of offering:

The offering will begin on the date of this prospectus and will end _____________, 2007 [90 days from the date of this prospectus], unless all 500,000 shares of common stock are sold sooner, or unless extended for an additional period of up to 90 days.

Minimum investment:

Each investor in this offering must purchase a minimum of 500 shares, or $500.  

Escrow Arrangement: (1)

This offering is being undertaken on a best efforts minimum of 200,000 shares and maximum of 500,000 shares.  Within five days of our receipt of a subscription agreement accompanied by a check for the subscription amount, we will send by first class mail a written confirmation to notify the investor of the extent if any, to which such subscription has been accepted by us.  The proceeds will be deposited into an escrow account with Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc., our transfer agent, as escrow agent.  Once the offering is terminated, and provided at least the minimum offering of 200,000 shares have been sold, the proceeds of the offering will be released from escrow and delivered to the Company.  If the offering is terminated without achieving the minimum sale of 200,000 shares, all subscriptions will be promptly returned to the investors, without deduction or interest.  

1  Includes 62,500 shares held as treasury stock.



2




Subscription agreements:

Investors in the offering will be required to sign a subscription agreement at the time of their investment and deliver it together with payment for their shares, to Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc., our transfer agent, as escrow agent.  All subscription payments should be made payable to the order of "B2 Heath, Inc. Escrow Account."  Assuming the sale of the minimum offering of 200,000 shares investors will receive their certificates within 30 days following the termination date of this offering.  

Participation by affiliates:

Our affiliates may not purchase shares in the minimum offering to satisfy the minimum offering requirement.  Affiliates may participate after the minimum offering has been completed; however, no affiliate has made any commitment to participate.  We have not placed any limitation on the number of shares an affiliate may purchase in the offering.



3



Summary Financial Data


       The following summary financial data is derived from our audited financial statements as of and for the period ended September 30, 2006 and unaudited financial statements as of and for the nine month period ended June 30, 2007 and for the period from inception through June 30, 2007. The summary financial data is incomplete and should be read in conjunction with the complete financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.  Our historical operating information may not be indicative of our future operating results.  




Statement of Operations

Data:



Inception to

September 30,

Nine

Months

Ended

June 30, 2007


Inception

through

June 30, 2007

 
   

     2006     

Unaudited

  Unaudited  

 
               

   Total Revenues

 

$          -    

$          10,998 

$           10,998 

 

   Operating expenses

 

28,466 

38,223 

66,689 

 

   Net (loss)

 

(28,466)

(37,386)

(65,852)

 

   Basic and diluted loss

       per share

 


$        (.07)


$        (.08)

   

   Shares used in

      computing basic

      and diluted loss per

      share

 




412,500




501,667

   
           
       


Balance Sheet Data:

 

September 30,

2006

June 30, 2007

(unaudited)


At June 30, 2007

       

Unadjusted

Adjusted

         

Minimum (1)

 

Maximum (2)

 Working capital (deficit)

 

$    64,034

 

$   4,777

$  154,777

 

$  454,777

   Total assets

 

78,374

 

75,663

225,663

 

525,663

   Total liabilities

 

4,340

 

36,790

36,790

 

36,790

   Stockholders' equity

 

$    74,034

 

$    38,873

$  188,873

 

$  488,873

_______________________


(1)

Adjusted to give effect to the sale of 200,000 shares for net proceeds of $150,000.

(2)

Adjusted to give effect to the sale of 500,000 shares for net proceeds of $450,000.



4



Forward-Looking Statements


In General


       This prospectus contains statements that plan for or anticipate the future.  In this prospectus, forward-looking statements are generally identified by the words "anticipate," "plan," "believe," "expect," "estimate," and the like.  These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding the following:


 

*

our product and marketing plans

     
 

*

consulting and strategic business relationships;

     
 

*

statements about our future business plans and strategies;

     
 

*

anticipated operating results and sources of future revenue;

     
 

*

our organization's growth;

     
 

*

adequacy of our financial resources;

     
 

*

development of new products and markets;

     
 

*

competitive pressures;

     
 

*

changing economic conditions;

     
 

*

expectations regarding competition from other companies; and

     
 

*

our ability to manufacture and distribute our products.


Although we believe that any forward-looking statements we make in this prospectus are reasonable, because forward-looking statements involve future risks and uncertainties, there are factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied.  For example, a few of the uncertainties that could affect the accuracy of forward-looking statements, besides the specific factors identified above in the Risk Factors section of this prospectus, include:


 

*

changes in general economic and business conditions affecting the back and spine pain relief industries;

     
 

*

developments that make our Backroller less competitive;

     
 

*

changes in our business strategies;

     
 

*

the level of demand for our products; and


In light of the significant uncertainties inherent in the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus, particularly in view of our early stage of operations, the inclusion of this information



5



should not be regarded as a representation by us or any other person that our objectives and plans will be achieved.


The safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to forward looking statements contained in this prospectus are not available and do not apply to us.  



6



Risk Factors


An investment in our securities is speculative and involves a high degree of risk.  Please carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the possibility of the loss of your entire investment, before deciding to invest in our securities.


Risks Related to This Offering and Our Stock


The tangible book value of our common stock after the offering will be lower than the offering price, which will result in immediate and substantial dilution for investors.


Even if we sell all 500,000 shares that we are offering, investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution of their investment of approximately $0.57 per share, or 57% of the offering price, based upon our adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2007.  If we sell fewer than 500,000 shares, the dilution will be even greater.  To the extent that currently outstanding options to purchase our common stock are exercised, there will be further dilution to investors acquiring shares of common stock.  


Future issuances of our common stock could dilute current shareholders and adversely affect the market if it develops.


We have the authority to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock and to issue options and warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, without shareholder approval.  These future issuances could be at values substantially below the price paid for our common stock by investors in this offering, which would result in significant dilution to those investors.  In addition, we could issue large blocks of our common stock to fend off unwanted tender offers or hostile takeovers without further shareholder approval, which would not only result in further dilution to investors in this offering but could also depress the market value of our common stock, if a public trading market develops.


We may issue preferred stock that would have rights that are preferential to the rights of the common stock that could discourage potentially beneficial transactions to our common stockholders.


An issuance of additional shares of preferred stock could result in a class of outstanding securities that would have preferences with respect to voting rights and dividends and in liquidation over the common stock and could, upon conversion or otherwise, have all of the rights of our common stock.  Our Board of Directors' authority to issue preferred stock could discourage potential takeover attempts or could delay or prevent a change in control through merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise by making these attempts more difficult or costly to achieve.  The issuance of preferred stock could impair the voting, dividend and liquidation rights of common stockholders without their approval.




7



There is currently no market for our common shares, and investors may be unable to sell their shares for an indefinite period of time.


There is presently no market for our common shares.  There is no assurance that a liquid market for our common shares will ever develop in the United States or elsewhere, or that if such a market does develop that it will continue.  Accordingly, an investment in common shares of our Company should only be considered by those investors who do not require liquidity and can afford to suffer a total loss of their investment.  An investor should consult with professional advisers before making such an investment.


Over-the-counter stocks are subject to risks of high volatility and price fluctuation .


We have not applied to have our shares listed on any stock exchange or on the NASDAQ Capital Market, and we do not plan to do so in the foreseeable future.  As a result, if a trading market does develop for our common stock, of which there is no assurance, it is likely that our shares will trade on the over-the-counter (“OTC”) market.  The OTC market for securities has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations during certain periods.  These broad market fluctuations and other factors, such as new product developments and trends in our Company's industry and the investment markets generally, as well as economic conditions and quarterly variations in our results of operations, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and make it more difficult for investors in this offering to sell their shares.


Trading in our securities will in all likelihood be conducted on an electronic bulletin board established for securities that do not meet NASDAQ listing requirements.  As a result, investors will find it substantially more difficult to dispose of our securities.  Investors may also find it difficult to obtain accurate information and quotations as to the price of, our common stock.  


Our stock price may be volatile and as a result, investors could lose all or part of their investment. The value of an investment could decline due to the impact of any of the following factors upon the market price of our common stock:


·

failure to meet sales and marketing goals or operating budget;

·

decline in demand for our common stock;

·

operating results failing to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors in any quarter;

·

downward revisions in securities analysts' estimates or changes in general market conditions;

·

investor perception of our Company's industry or prospects; and

·

general economic trends.


In addition, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations and the market prices of securities have been highly volatile.  These fluctuations are often unrelated to operating performance and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.  As a result, investors may be unable to resell their shares at or above the offering price.  






8



Outstanding shares that are eligible for future sale could adversely impact a public trading market for our common stock, if a public trading market develops.


All of the 505,000 shares of common stock currently outstanding were offered and sold by us in private transactions in reliance upon an exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Accordingly, all of such shares are "restricted securities" as defined by Rule 144 ("Rule 144") under the Securities Act and cannot be resold without registration except in reliance on Rule 144 or another applicable exemption from registration.  In general, under Rule 144 a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated), including any affiliate of ours, who beneficially owns restricted shares for a period of at least one year is entitled to sell within any three month period shares equal in number to the greater of: (i) one percent of the then outstanding shares of common stock, or (ii) the average weekly trading volume of the same class of shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of the required notice of sale with the Commission.  The seller must also comply with the notice and manner of sale requirements of Rule 144, and there must be current public information available about the Company.  In addition, any person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated) who is not, at the time of sale, nor during the preceding three months, an affiliate of the Company, and who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least two years, can sell such shares without regard to notice, manner of sale, public information or the volume limitations described above.  No shares of our common stock are currently eligible for resale under Rule 144.


Upon completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our Equity Incentive Plan.  Persons who are not affiliates, and who receive shares that are registered under this registration statement, will be able to resell those shares in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act.  This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing.


No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of restricted shares of common stock, or the availability of such common stock for sale, will have on the market price of the common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of such common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the then prevailing market price of the common stock.


If a public trading market for our shares develops, owners of our common stock will be subject to the “penny stock” rules.  


Since our shares are not listed on a national stock exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq Market within the United States, if a public trading market develops, of which there can be no assurance, trading in our shares on the OTC market will be subject, to the extent the market price for our shares is less than $5.00 per share, to a number of regulations known as the "penny stock rules".  The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document prepared by the SEC, to provide the customer with additional information including current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock, the compensation of the broker-dealer and its salesperson in the transaction, monthly account statements showing the market value of each penny stock held in the customer's account, and to make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the investor and receive the investor’s written agreement to the transaction.  To the extent these requirements may be applicable they will reduce the level of trading activity in the secondary market for our shares and may severely and adversely affect the ability of broker-dealers to sell our shares, if a publicly traded market develops.



9




We do not expect to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.  Any return on investment may be limited to the value of our stock.


We have never paid any cash dividends on any shares of our capital stock, and we do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.  Our current business plan is to retain any future earnings to finance the expansion of our business.  Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, and will be dependent upon our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant at that time.  If we do not pay cash dividends, our stock may be less valuable because a return on your investment will only occur if our stock price appreciates.


All of our assets have been pledged as collateral to secure the repayment of loans under a Credit Agreement with a related third party.  If we default in those loans, our assets would be subject to risk of forfeiture.


All of our assets have been pledged as security in the Credit Agreement we entered into with John Overturf, Jr., a related party.  If we are unable to pay any of the debt incurred under the Credit Agreement in a timely fashion or otherwise breach any of the terms of the Credit Agreement (and Mr. Overturf demands payment in cash rather than in shares of our common stock), our assets would be subject to foreclosure by Mr. Overturf.  Should foreclosure occur, it is likely that we would be forced to discontinue operations and our interest in the assets could be forfeited.  As of June 30, 2007, we had drawn an aggregate of $15,000 in advances under the Credit Agreement.


If the Company were to dissolve or wind-up, holders of our common stock may not receive a liquidation distribution.  


If we were to wind-up or dissolve B2 Health, Inc. and liquidate and distribute our assets, our shareholders would share ratably in our assets only after we satisfy any amounts we would owe to our creditors.  If our liquidation or dissolution were attributable to our inability to profitably operate our business, then it is likely that we would have material liabilities at the time of liquidation or dissolution.  Accordingly, we cannot give you any assurance that sufficient assets will remain available after the payment of our creditors to enable you to receive any liquidation distribution with respect to any shares you may hold.


Changes in the corporate and securities laws and regulations are likely to increase our costs.

      

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX), which became law in July 2002, has required changes in some of our corporate governance, securities disclosure and compliance practices. In response to the requirements of SOX, the SEC and major stock exchanges have promulgated new rules and listing standards covering a variety of subjects. Compliance with these new rules and listing standards that are likely to increase our general and administrative costs, and we expect these to continue to increase in the future. In particular, we will be required to include the management and auditor reports on internal control as part of our annual report for the year ending December 31, 2007 pursuant to Section 404 of SOX. We are in the process of evaluating our internal control systems in order (i) to allow management to report on, and our independent auditors to attest to our internal controls, as required by these laws, rules and regulations, (ii) to provide reasonable assurance that our public disclosure will be accurate and complete, and (iii) to comply with the other provisions of



10



Section 404 of SOX.  We cannot be certain as to the timing of the completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or the impact these may have on our operations.  Furthermore, there is no precedent available by which to measure compliance adequacy.  If we are not able to implement the requirements relating to internal controls and all other provisions of Section 404 in a timely fashion or achieve adequate compliance with these requirements or other requirements of SOX, we might become subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities such as the SEC or NASD. Any such action may materially adversely affect our reputation, financial condition and the value of our securities, including our common stock. We expect that SOX and these other laws, rules and regulations will increase legal and financial compliance costs and will make our corporate governance activities more difficult, time-consuming and costly. We also expect that these new requirements will make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance.


  If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential shareholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our stock.

 

     Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. If we cannot provide financial reports or prevent fraud, our business reputation and operating results could be harmed. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.


Risks Related to Our Business


We are subject to risks associated with a new business


Our operations are subject to all of the risks inherent in a start-up business enterprise.  These risks include the absence of a substantial operating history, shortage of cash, under-capitalization and lack of experience in our chosen industry.  We expect to encounter various problems, expenses, complications and delays in connection with the development of our business.  The profit potential of our business model is unproven and there can be no assurance that our services will achieve commercial acceptance.


We have recently emerged from being a development stage company with a history of operating losses.  


     We were incorporated on March 8, 2006.  For the nine months ended June 30, 2007, we had $10,998 in sales, and we recorded a cumulative operating loss of approximately $(65,852).  We expect to incur additional losses until sufficient sales of our Backroller Intersegmental Traction products are achieved.  We have not yet commenced manufacturing and shipping of the Backroller in substantial volumes. Our limited operating history makes the prediction of future operating results difficult or impossible to make. There can be no assurance that our future revenues will ever be significant or that our operations will ever be profitable.




11



Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our prospects and the merits of investing in our securities.


     Our business is at an early stage of development.  We have not begun to generate significant revenues.  Our business will require significant additional investment in inventory and marketing.  As a general guideline, we anticipate expending approximately $6,000 per month on our day-to-day operations for fiscal 2007.  Should our efforts to market and promote ourselves to distributors, health care practitioners and end-users be unsuccessful, we may not attract enough customers to purchase the Backroller from us.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that our future revenues will ever be significant or that our operations will ever be profitable.


Our trademarks, including the name “Backroller” and other intellectual property rights do not provide us with protection against competition .


     We rely heavily on developing brand recognition for the Backroller Intersegmental Traction Bed (the “Backroller”) and claim common law trademark protection for its name.  We have also recently applied to the United States Patent and Trademark Office to register our trademark in the name Backroller.


     Additionally, we rely upon a combination of laws and contractual restrictions, including restrictions contained in confidentiality agreements, to establish and protect our rights to any intellectual property that we create.  Any infringement of our proprietary rights could result in significant litigation costs, and any failure to adequately protect our proprietary rights could result in our competitors offering similar products, potentially resulting in loss of a competitive advantage and decreased revenues. Attempts may be made to copy or reverse engineer aspects of our products or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary.  Accordingly, we may not be able to prevent misappropriation of our technology or deter others from developing similar technology.  Furthermore, policing the unauthorized use of our products is difficult.  Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others.  This litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could significantly harm our business.  Nonetheless, we do not believe that intellectual property rights, including trademark and copyright laws form a basis for significant competitive advantage or protect us from intense competition.


We may not be able to finance the development of our business, or the terms of future financings could be disadvantageous to our shareholders.


     Our ability to satisfy our future capital requirements and implement our expansion plans will depend upon many factors, including the financial resources available to us, the expansion of our sales and marketing efforts and the status of competition.  However, the exact amount of funds that we will require will depend upon many factors, and it is possible that we will require additional financing prior to such time.  There can be no assurance that additional financing will be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.  If additional funds are raised by issuing equity securities, further dilution to the existing stockholders will result.  If adequate funds are not available, we may be required to delay, reduce or eliminate our programs or obtain funds through arrangements with partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights to certain of our products, technologies or other assets.  Accordingly, the inability to obtain such financing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.



12




We are dependent on a limited number of products.  All of our sales have been derived from sales of our existing Backroller Intersegmental Traction table.


     Although we plan to develop products in addition to the Backroller, there can be no assurance that these development efforts will be successful or, if successful, that resulting products will receive market acceptance, generate significant sales or result in gross profits.  We believe that success in the general back and spinal pain market is somewhat dependent on product acceptance by orthopedists and chiropractors.  Our future operating results, particularly in the near term, are significantly dependent upon market acceptance of the Backroller.  Because all of our current sales are derived from the Backroller, failure to achieve broad market acceptance of the Backroller as a result of competition, technological change or other factors or the failure to successfully market any new or enhanced versions of existing products would have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 


We may not be able to keep up with rapid technological change and expensive technological innovation.


     The back and spinal pain management market is characterized by rapid, technological innovation and change.  Many companies are engaged in research and development of devices, drugs and alternative methods to relieve back pain, enhance spinal mobility and improve sleep.  New technologies may be developed which may render our products obsolete and non-competitive.  If we cannot keep pace with the technological developments and become uncompetitive, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenues, or any existing revenues may materially decrease.  


We face significant competition in the markets where we operate from competitors with greater financial resources and established operations and revenues, which make it difficult to attract customers and obtain a market share.


     The back and spinal pain management market is very competitive and competition is likely to increase.  Increased competition may result in price cuts, reduced gross margins and loss of market share, any of which could seriously harm our business.  Many of our competitors have, and potential competitors may possess, longer operating histories and significantly greater financial, technical, personnel and other resources than us.  Competitors and potential competitors may also have larger, more established research and development departments and greater name and brand recognition than we currently possess.  These greater resources may permit them to implement extensive advertising, sales, promotions and programs that we may not be able to match.  Better financed competitors may also have greater success in future research and development efforts.  As these competitors enter the field, our sales growth may fail to increase, despite its efforts to continue to design and manufacture superior products.  There can be no assurance that we will have the ability to compete successfully in this environment.  If we are unable to compete successfully, our business will be seriously harmed.




13



We have limited human resources; we need to attract and retain highly skilled personnel and consultants; and we may be unable to manage our growth with our limited resources effectively.


     We expect that the expansion of our business may place a strain on our limited managerial, operational, and financial resources.  We will be required to expand our operational and financial systems significantly and to expand, train and manage our work force in order to manage the expansion of our operations.  Our future success will depend in large part on our ability to attract, train, and retain additional highly skilled executive level management, logistics, and sales personnel.  We may not be successful in attracting and retaining qualified personnel on a timely basis, on competitive terms or at all.  Further, our ability to manage our growth effectively will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures, to install new management information and control systems and to train, motivate and manage employees.  If we are unable to manage growth effectively, our operating results will suffer.  


     Our success will depend, to a large degree, upon the efforts and abilities of our officers and key management employees, including, without limitation, John Quam, our President and member of the Board of Directors (the “Board”), and John Overturf, Jr.  For direct knowledge of the industry, extensive research experience and professional administration skills, we rely on Dr. Glynn Hopkins, a chiropractic consultant, and Rusty Munn, the manufacturing designer of the Backroller.  The loss of the services of one or more of our key consultants could have a material adverse effect on our operations.  We have no employment agreements with any of our employees, and do not maintain a key man life insurance policy on any employee; nor do we have any written consulting agreements with Dr. Hopkins or Mr. Munn.


We depend on our suppliers for our components and raw materials, and our production or operating margins would be harmed if these suppliers are not able to meet our demand and reasonable alternative sources are not available.


     The components used to make the Backroller come from various suppliers.  The Backroller is comprised of many elements, all of which are available as commodity products.  We believe that each of these components is readily available in sufficient quantities from multiple sources on commercially accepted terms.  However, any substantial increase in the price or interruption in the supply of these materials, or if one or more of our suppliers are unable to meet our demand for our components, and if we are unable to obtain alternative sources, our ability to maintain timely and cost-effective production of the Backroller would be seriously harmed and our operating results would suffer.  An inability to obtain adequate supplies of component parts could significantly delay the manufacture and marketing of the Backroller and other future products.  We may have to seek alternative sources of supply or abandon or sell product lines on unsatisfactory terms.  We may not be able to enter into alternative supply arrangements on commercially acceptable terms, if at all.  In addition, as we do not have written agreements with any of our suppliers, they may stop manufacturing our components at any time.  




14



We rely on third parties to manufacture our products and our reputation and operating results could be harmed if they fail to produce quality products in a timely and cost-effective manner and in sufficient quantities.  


     We do not currently have manufacturing facilities or personnel to independently manufacture the Backroller.  We depend on third-party manufacturers to produce the Backroller in a timely fashion, at satisfactory quality and cost levels.  If our manufacturers fail to produce quality finished Backrollers on time, at expected cost targets and in sufficient quantities, our reputation and operating results would suffer.  In addition, as we have no long-term agreements with our manufacturers, we do not have firm commitments on the timing, pricing and quality of the manufacturing process, and, they manufacturers may stop manufacturing for us at any time, with little or no notice.  If for any reason we are unable to obtain or retain third party manufacturers on commercially acceptable terms, we may not be able to distribute the Backroller, or other future products, as planned.  If we encounter delays or difficulties with contract manufacturers in producing or packaging the Backroller, the distribution, marketing and subsequent sales of the Backroller will be adversely affected.  There can be no assurance that the manufacturers we have engaged will be able to provide sufficient quantities of the Backroller or that the Backroller supplied will meet our specifications.  


We do not have written agreements with our manufacturers and, as a result, we could be subject to increases in component or manufacturing costs and/or delivery schedule changes which could harm our reputation and operating results.


     Cost increases for our components or manufacturing services, whether resulting from shortages of materials, labor or otherwise, including, but not limited to rising cost of materials, transportation, services, labor, commodity price increases and the impact of foreign currency fluctuations could negatively impact our gross margins.  Because of market condition and other factors, we may not be able to offset any such increased costs by adjusting the price of our products.


Any errors or defects contained in our products, or our failure to comply with applicable safety standards, could result in delayed shipments or rejection of our products, damage to our reputation and expose us to regulatory or other legal action.

 

     In the future, we may experience delays in releasing the Backroller, or other future products due to defects or errors in the products.  The Backroller may contain errors or defects after commercial shipments have begun, which could result in the rejection of our products by our distributors, damage to our reputation, lost sales, diverted development resources and increased customer service and support costs and warranty claims, any of which could harm our business.  Individuals could sustain injuries from our products, and we may be subject to product liability claims or lawsuits resulting from such injuries. There is a risk that these claims or liabilities may exceed, or fall outside the scope of, our insurance coverage.  Concerns about potential liability may lead us to recall voluntarily the Backroller. While we currently maintain product liability insurance, a significant product liability judgment against us or a widespread product recall, to the extent either such event is in excess of the limits of its product liability insurance, could result in substantial financial losses.  




15



We rely heavily upon independent distributors to market our product.  Those distributors also market other back and spine pain relieving equipment, including traction beds, which are competitive with ours.  As a result, distributors over whom we exercise little control can significantly influence the degree to which third parties buy our products instead of products of competitive manufacturers.


     We distribute our products through a network of independent distributors for resale to trainers, physical therapists, doctors, chiropractors.  Accordingly, we depend on these distributors to sell the Backroller and to assist us in creating demand for, and promoting market acceptance of our product.  We also depend upon them to provide adequate pre-sales service to our customers.  These distributors also promote and market other back and spine pain relieving products, some of which are in competition with the Backroller.  There can be no assurance that our distributors will devote the resources necessary to provide effective sales and promotional support to us.  A disruption of our distributors, the loss of a significant customer, or the termination by any major distributor could have a material adverse impact on our sales and results of operations.   


     If for any reason we are unable to obtain or retain third party distributors on commercially acceptable terms, we may not be able to distribute the Backroller as planned.  If we encounter delays or difficulties with contract distributors, the distribution, marketing and subsequent sales of the Backroller would be adversely affected, and we may have to seek alternative sources of distribution or abandon or sell the Backroller on unsatisfactory terms.  We may not be able to enter into alternative distribution arrangements on commercially acceptable terms, if at all.  There can be no assurance that the distributors we have engaged will be able to provide sufficient distribution of the Backroller in order for us to meet our current or future obligations to our customers.


     We have no formal long-term written distribution agreements with our distributors; and most distribution arrangements can be terminated by the distributor without prior notice.  As a result, agreements with respect to price, inventory, cooperative advertising or special promotions, among other things, are subject to periodic negotiation with each distributor.  Additionally, distributors make no binding long-term commitments to us regarding purchase volumes and make all purchases by delivering on-time purchase orders.  A down-turn in the performance, a change in the terms on which we conduct business, or the loss of a single distributor, could negatively impact the timing, quality, price and sales of the Backroller and, as a result, our business and operating results could be harmed.


We do not have a written warranty policy; manufacturing defects are handled directly by us and we may experience significant returns or warranty claims.

     We offer a limited lifetime warranty on all Backrollers.  Since we have only a limited history of commercial sales of our Backroller, we have no data regarding its performance or maintenance requirements.  Accordingly, we have no basis on which we can currently predict warranty costs.  If we experience significant warranty service requirements or product recalls, potential customers may not purchase our products.  Any significant warranty service requirements or product recalls would increase our costs substantially and likely reduce the value of our brand.



16




We could become subject to infringement claims by third-parties which could impair our limited capital resources and potentially result in substantial adverse judgment.  


     In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the United States and elsewhere involving patents and other intellectual property rights.  Third parties may assert patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights to technologies used in our business. Any infringement claims, with or without merit, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel.  If we are unsuccessful in defending against these types of claims, we may be required to do one or more of the following:


·

stop selling those products that use or incorporate the challenged intellectual property;


·

attempt to obtain a license to sell or use the relevant technology or substitute technology, which license may not be available on reasonable terms or at all;


·

redesign those products that use the relevant technology, which we may not be able to do on a timely or cost effective basis, or at all; or,


·

pay substantial damages.


     In the event a claim against us is successful and we can not obtain a license to the relevant technology on acceptable terms or license a substitute technology or redesign its products to avoid infringement, our business will be significantly harmed.  A substantial uninsured judgment could force us to cease operations altogether.


The success of our business depends in large part on health care reform.


     The levels of revenues and profitability of medical device companies may be affected by the continuing efforts of governmental and third-party payers to contain or reduce the costs of health care through various means.  In the United States there have been, and we expect that there will continue to be, a number of federal and state proposals to control health care costs.  There have been a number of proposals introduced to Congress to comprehensively reform the nation’s health care system.  Some of the proposed legislation has contained measures intended to control public and private spending on health care as well as to provide universal public access to the health care system.  In addition, some of the proposed legislation included limitations on Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement for medical products and services and called for the creation of a committee to monitor and evaluate the pricing of new medical products and services.  Although no such legislation has been passed by Congress, federal, state and local officials and legislators (and certain foreign government officials and legislators) have proposed or are reportedly considering proposing a variety of additional reforms to the health care systems in their respective jurisdictions, including reforms that may affect the medical device industries.  It is uncertain what new legislative proposals, if any, might be adopted or what actions federal, state or third-party payers may take in response to any health care reform proposals or legislation.  We cannot predict the effect health care reforms may have on its business or the business of its collaborators.

 


     In the United States and elsewhere, sales of therapeutic pain management products are dependent in part on the availability of reimbursement from third-party payers, such as government and private



17



insurance plans. These third-party payers are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services.  If we succeed in bringing one or more products to the market, there can be no assurance that these products will be considered cost effective and that reimbursement to the consumer will be available or will be sufficient to allow us to sell our products on a profitable basis.


Market acceptance of the Backroller will be adversely impacted by the absence of reimbursement from third party health care payers, which cannot be guaranteed.


     There can be no assurance that any product we develop will gain market acceptance among health care providers.  We do not believe that our Backroller will be eligible for third-party reimbursement, and as a result, market acceptance may be adversely affected.  


The success of the Backroller depends in large part upon the acceptance by medical practitioners and patients, which cannot be guaranteed.  


     Medical practitioners and patients may not accept and use the Backroller.  Acceptance and use will depend upon a number of factors, including perceptions by members of the health care community, including physicians, about the safety and effectiveness of the device; cost-effectiveness of the device relative to competing products; availability of reimbursement for the products from government or other healthcare payers; and effectiveness of marketing and distribution efforts by us and our licensees and distributors, if any.  Because we expect sales of the Backroller to generate substantially all of our product revenues for the foreseeable future, the failure of the Backroller to find market acceptance would harm our business and could require us to seek additional financing.





18



Determination of Offering Price


     The offering price of the shares being offered hereby was arbitrarily determined by us and is not necessarily related to our assets, book value or financial condition.  In determining the offering price and the number of shares to be offered, we considered such factors as our financial condition, our net tangible book value, limited operating history and general condition of the securities market.  Accordingly, the offering price of the shares may not indicate the actual value of our securities.  


     There currently exists no public trading market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that such a market will develop in the future.  In the absence of an active public trading market, an investor may not be able to liquidate his investment without considerable delay, if at all.  If a market does develop, the price for our securities may be highly volatile and may bear no relationship to our actual financial condition or results of operation.


     If our securities are not quoted on the OTC Electronic Bulletin Board, they may be quoted in the "pink sheets" maintained by the Pink Sheets, LLC, which reports quotations by brokers or dealers making a market in particular securities.  We have no agreement with any other broker or dealer to act as a market maker for our securities and there is no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining any market makers.  The lack of a market maker for our securities could adversely influence the market for and price of our securities, as well as your ability to dispose of, or to obtain accurate quotations as to the price of, our securities.


Use of Proceeds


     The net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares after deducting estimated offering expenses of $50,000, are expected to be approximately $150,000 if the minimum number of 200,000 shares are sold at an offering price of $ 1.00 per share, $300,000 if the median number of 350,000 shares or sold or $450,000 if the maximum number of 500,000 shares are sold.


     The following sets forth our anticipated allocation of the proceeds of the offering in order of priority.


Application of proceeds

Minimum

%

Median

%

Maximum

%

Sales and Marketing

$ 50,000

33%

$ 100,000

33%

$ 150,000

34%

Inventory

$ 25,000

17%

$   75,000

25%

$ 100,000

22%

Working Capital

$ 75,000

50%

$ 125,000

42%

$ 200,000

44%

-------------------------------

           

Total:

$ 150,000

100%

$ 300,000

100%

$ 450,000

100%


Sales and Marketing .  Consists of participation in industry trade shows; website development and increasing print, internet advertising and marketing materials.


Inventory .  Assuming we are able to increase demand within existing markets, we will need additional Backrollers.  Each new Backroller will cost an estimated $1,500 to manufacture.  




19



Working Capital .  Consists of existing employee salaries and benefits, increased administrative staff, and marketing expansion, including engaging new distributors in new territories and marketing materials.  During the next twelve months, we plan to expand our distribution channels so that we have markets throughout the United States, including regional distributors in strategic locations.  


     The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the results of our sales and marketing activities, competition and the amount of cash generated or used by our operations and may vary substantially from the foregoing estimates.  We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in the application of the balance of the net proceeds.  Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in certificates of deposit, short-term obligations of the United States government, or other money-market instruments that are rated investment grade or its equivalent.  Any income from these short-term investments will be used for working capital.  We currently estimate that proceeds of the offering will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements for approximately six months if only the minimum proceeds are received, or for approximately the next 12 months if the maximum proceeds are received, depending on the rapidity of our expansion and ability to achieve break-even operations.




20




Dividend Policy


     We have not declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock in the preceding fiscal year.  We currently intend to retain all future earnings, if any, to fund the operation of our business, and, therefore, do not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future.  Our Board of Directors will determine whether any cash dividends will be declared in the future.




21




Capitalization


       The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2007.  This section should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

       

As of June 30, 2007

       

Unadjusted

As Adjusted

         

        Minimum (1)

Maximum (2)

Long-term debt:

 

---

 

---

 

---

 

Stockholders' Equity:

           
 

Preferred Stock, $.0001 par value,

           
 

      no shares authorized; no shares

      issued and outstanding at

      June 30, 2007.



---




---

 



---

 
 

Common Stock, $.0001 par value,

           
   

50,000,000 shares authorized; 567,500

shares issued and outstanding at June

30, 2007; 767,500 shares issued and

outstanding, as adjusted, assuming

the minimum number of shares are

sold; 1,067,500 shares issued and

outstanding, as adjusted, assuming

the maximum number of shares are

sold

           
               
   

57 

 

72 

 

102 

 
 

  

           
               
               
               
             
           
 

Additional paid-in capital

129,943 

279,928 

 

579,898 

 
 

Treasury stock

(25,000)

(25,000)

 

(25,000)

 
 

Accumulated (deficit)

(66,127)

(66,127)

 

(66,127)

 
 

Stockholders equity

$  38,873 

$ 188,873 

 

$ 488,873 

 

_________________

(1)

Assumes the sale of 200,000 shares for gross proceeds of $200,000.

(2)

Assumes the sale of 500,000 shares for gross proceeds of $500,000.




22



Dilution


     At June 30, 2007 we had a net tangible book value of $6,414 or $0.01 per share, based upon 567,500 shares of common stock outstanding.  Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing the number of outstanding shares of common stock into our net tangible book value, meaning total assets less intangible assets less total liabilities, and then subtracting capitalized offering costs.


     If we sell all 500,000 shares that we are offering, of which there is no assurance, the adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2007, after deducting $50,000 in offering costs, would have been $456,414 or $0.43 per share of common stock, based upon 1,067,500 shares outstanding.  This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $0.41 per share to current stockholders and an immediate decrease of $0.57 per share to you as an investor in our offering.  To the extent fewer shares are sold in the offering, the dilution to investors will be greater.  


     If we sell the median of 350,000 shares, of which there is no assurance, the adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2007, after deducting $50,000 in offering costs, would have been $306,414 or $0.33 per share of common stock, based upon 917,500 shares outstanding.  This represents and immediate increase in net tangible book value of $0.32 per share to current stockholders and an immediate decrease of $0.67 per share to you as an investor in our offering.


     If we sell the minimum of 200,000 shares, of which there is no assurance, the adjusted pro forma net tangible book value deficit as of June 30, 2007, after deducting $50,000 in offering costs, would have been $156,414 or $0.20 per share of common stock, based upon 767,500 shares outstanding.  This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $0.19 per share to current stockholders and an immediate decrease of $0.80 per share to you as an investor in our offering.  


     The following table illustrates the per share dilution, assuming (i) 200,000 shares are sold in our offering; ( ii) 350,00 shares are sold; and (ii) all 500,000 shares are sold:


           

Minimum

Median

Maximum

                 
 

Public offering price per share of common stock

$1.00

$1.00

$1.00

                 
   

Net tangible book value per share of common stock before offering

$0.01

$0.01

$0.01

         
                 
   

Increase per share of common stock attributable to present stockholders

     
   

$0.19

$0.32

$0.42

                 
   

Decrease per share of common stock attributable to new investors

     
   

$0.80

$0.67

$0.57

           
   

Dilution per share as a percent

80%

67%

57%


     The foregoing calculations are based upon 567,500 shares outstanding at June 30, 2007.





23



     The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 2007, the number of shares of common stock that have been purchased, or that may be purchased under outstanding options by affiliated shareholders only, assuming for this purpose that all such options have been exercised, the percentage of total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by (i) our officers, directors, promoters, and affiliated persons (ii) all present shareholders; and (iii) investors purchasing shares in this offering.


Assuming 200,000 shares are sold:   

       
 

        Shares Purchased

Total Consideration

 Average Price

 

Number

Percent

Amount

Percent

Per Share

           

Affiliated shareholders

355,000

62.6%

$79,500

24.1%

$0.22

All present shareholders

567,500

73.9%

$130,000

39.4%

$0.23

New investors

    200,000

27.1%

$200,000

60.6%

$1.00

Total

767,500

100.0%

$330,000

100.0%

$0.43


Assuming 350,000 shares are sold:

       
 

        Shares Purchased

Total Consideration

Average Price

 

Number

Percent

Amount

Percent

Per Share

           

Affiliated shareholders

355,000

38.7%

$79,500

16.6%

$0.22

All present shareholders

567,500

61.9%

$130,000

27.1%

$0.23

New investors

350,000

38.1%

$350,000

72.9%

$1.00

Total

917,500

100%

$480,000

100.0%

$0.52


Assuming 500,000 shares are sold:

       
 

          Shares Purchased

Total Consideration

Average Price

 

Number

Percent

Amount

Percent

Per Share

           

Affiliated shareholders

355,000

33.3%

$79,500

12.6%

$0.22

All present shareholders

567,500

53.2%

$130,000

20.6%

$0.23

New investors

500,000

46.8%

$500,000

79.4%

$1.00

Total

1,067,500

100.0%

$630,000

100.0%

$0.59




24




Selected Financial Data


      We have set forth below certain selected financial data.  The information has been derived from the financial statements, financial information and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.



Statement of Operations Data:



Inception to

September 30,


Nine Months

Ended

June 30, 2007


Inception

through

June 30, 2007

 
   

     2006     

    Unaudited     

  Unaudited  

 
               

   Total Revenues

 

$             -  

$        10,998 

$          10,998 

 

   Operating expenses

 

28,466 

38,223 

66,689 

 

   Net (loss)

 

(28,466)

(37,386)

(65,852)

 

   Basic and diluted loss

       per share

 


$        (.07)


$          (.08)

   

   Shares used in

      computing basic

      and diluted loss per

      share

 




412,500 




501,667 

   
           
       


Balance Sheet Data:

 


September 30,

    2006    


June 30, 2007

   (unaudited)  


At

June 30, 2007     

       

Unadjusted

Adjusted

         

Minimum (1)

 

Maximum (2)

 Working capital (deficit)

 

$    64,034

 

$    4,777

$  154,777

 

$  454,777

   Total assets

 

78,374

 

75,663

225,663

 

525,663

   Total liabilities

 

4,340

 

36,790

36,790

 

36,790

   Stockholders' equity

 

$    74,034

 

$    38,873

$  188,873

 

$  488,873

_______________________


(1)

Adjusted to give effect to the sale of 200,000 shares for net proceeds of $150,000.

(2)

Adjusted to give effect to the sale of 500,000 shares for net proceeds of $450,000.



25




Management’s Discussion And Analysis Or Plan Of Operation


Overview


     B2 Health, Inc. (the “Company” or “B2 Health”) was formed and registered as a Delaware corporation on March 8, 2006.  B2 Health was created to bring premium intersegmental traction beds to the healthcare industry by use of its Backroller TM .  B2 Health operates through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Back 2 Health, Ltd., a Colorado corporation.  We completed our first Backroller sales in March, 2007.


     B2 Health offers its Backroller primarily through a number of regional distributors located throughout the United States.  We chose to market our product though distributors to increase our market reach and achieve faster market penetration.  


Plan of Operation


     Upon completion of this offering, we hope to increase production, increase sales and reduce our operating losses, although there is no assurance that we can achieve these goals.  We still face operational challenges to increase our sales and production levels.  The following are the key issues and challenges facing the Company:

 

*

Production Planning .   It is difficult to project future sales and, as a result, we may have to delay orders or only fill partial orders.  We plan to maintain a revolving inventory so that in the event of rapid increases in sales, we can quickly supply the demand.   

 

*

Lack of Marketing Materials .  We have very limited marketing budgets and are not yet competitive with others in the medical device industry marketing in the amount and quality of marketing materials needed to support our distribution network.

 

*

Availability of Distributor Agreements and Brand Recognition .   Because we are a new entrant in the industry, we must build brand recognition and stimulate demand through our network of independent, third-party distributors.  While we have informal agreements with two independent sales organizations that deal specifically in the medical device industry, these arrangements are terminable without prior notice.

 

*

Continued Operating Losses .   Our history of operating losses makes it difficult to raise capital for our working capital needs.


     This offering is critical to our future success to improve our working capital.  We believe sales can be increased with increased market penetration of the Backroller, and the creation of new brands and products, although there can be no assurance that our increased focus on marketing will be successful. Investors should not place any certainty upon our business plan.  An increase in net sales and gross profits, if achieved, can reduce net losses only if other operating expenses can be managed effectively. Specifically, general, administration and marketing levels can be increased only as net sales and gross profits increase.  There is no guarantee that we will be able to achieve this plan.


     The following discussion and analysis has been based on a short operating history and should be read in conjunction with our Financial Statements and Notes thereto included herein.




26



Liquidity and Capital Resources


     As of September 30, 2006, we had a working capital of $64,034 and stockholders’ equity of $74,034 compared with working capital of $4,777 and stockholders’ equity of $38,873 as of June 30, 2007.  The Company’s working capital and stockholder’s equity decreased during this time period due to our losses from current operations.  


     The net proceeds of the minimum offering should satisfy our working capital requirements for approximately six months; if the maximum offering is sold, the proceeds should be sufficient to satisfy our working capital needs for 12 months, assuming present levels of operations.  Other than our revolving credit facility discussed below, we have no commitments, understandings or arrangements for any additional working capital.  If this offering is not successful, or if we are unable to secure additional financing to cover our operating losses until break-even operations can be achieved, we may not be able to continue as a going concern.  We are not aware of any trends, events or uncertainties that have or are reasonably likely to have a material impact on our short-term or our long-term liquidity.


     We estimate that we may require as much as approximately $400,000 over the next twelve (12) months to fully implement our existing business plan.  We may require additional funds over the next three years to assist in realizing our goals.  The amount and timing of additional funds required will be dependant on a variety of factors and cannot be determined at this time.  As of the date of this prospectus, the Company has been successful in paying its operating costs from sales of common stock and draws against its revolving credit facility.  We cannot be certain that we will be able to raise any additional capital to fund our ongoing operations.


     In April, 2007, we entered into a Credit Agreement with one of our directors, John Overturf, Jr.  Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, we may borrow up to $50,000 which is repayable together with interest at the rate of 10% per annum.  At Mr. Overturf’s option, advances under the Credit Agreement are repayable either in shares of our common stock, valued at $0.50 per share, or in cash.  In addition, Mr. Overturf will receive a financing fee of ten shares of common stock for every $1,000 in maximum loan balance drawn under the Credit Agreement.  Our obligation to repay advances under the Credit Agreement is secured by a Security Agreement covering all of our tangible and intangible assets.  


Overview of Product Distribution


     Our primary method of distribution is through a network of independent local and regional distributors, whose principal business is the distribution of medical devices and, in some cases, other traction beds, and who traditionally have distribution relationships with other medical device developers.  We have no long-term commitments with or from any distributor.  When not available for local or regional distribution, we plan to deliver the Backroller via independent shipping companies.  Our website is used as an advertising channel for the Backroller and is listed in all of the local and regional internet directories.  

     

     We have historically operated with no backlog and, therefore, our ability to predict sales for future periods is limited.




27



Certain Considerations: Issues and Uncertainties


     We do not provide forecasts of future financial performance or sales volume, although this prospectus contains certain other types of forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.  Those risks and uncertainties are discussed more fully in the section of this prospectus titled "Risk Factors" and “Forward Looking Statements”.  


Sources of Working Capital


     From our inception on March 8, 2006 through June 30, 2007, our primary sources of working capital have come from sale of equity securities and short-term borrowings under our Credit Agreement.


Material Commitments for Capital Expenditures


     Under our current arrangement with our OEM manufacturer, we order Backroller traction beds in increments of 25 units.  Depending upon the size, configuration and features, these units will cost between $45,000 and $55,000.  Payment to our OEM manufacturer is due on a net thirty day basis.  


Off Balance Sheet Arrangements


     We do not have any off balance sheet arrangements.


Results of Operations – Period from Inception (March 8, 2006) to June 30, 2007


     From our inception on March 8, 2006 to June 30, 2007, B2 Health had a net loss of $(66,127) as compared to a net loss of $(37,661) for the nine months ended June 30, 2007.


     Our operating expenses consist primarily of salaries, general and administrative expenses.  These fixed recurring commitments represent approximately $6,000 per month, which to date we have paid principally out of working capital derived from sales of equity securities and short-term borrowing.


     We have also incurred deferred offering costs of $32,459 in connection with this offering.


     We contract with an OEM to manufacture our Backroller.  As we have no long term manufacturing commitments or arrangements, we cannot be certain that we will be able to maintain our current gross margins.


Critical Accounting Policies And Estimates


     In the ordinary course of business, we have made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of results of operations and financial condition in the preparation of our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates under different assumptions and conditions.  We believe that the following discussion addresses our most critical accounting policies, which are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results.  We constantly re-evaluate these significant factors and make adjustments where facts and circumstances dictate.



28




Recent Accounting Pronouncements


     In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155 “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments – an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140”, to simplify and make more consistent the accounting for certain financial instruments. The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 155, which are effective in general for financial instruments acquired or issued in fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The adoption did not have a material effect on the results of operations of the Company.



Business


The Company


     B2 Health, Inc. (the “Company” or “B2 Health”) was formed and registered as a Delaware corporation on March 8, 2006.  B2 Health was created to bring premium intersegmental traction beds to the healthcare industry by use of its Backroller TM .  B2 Health operates through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Back 2 Health, Ltd., a Colorado corporation.


Business Overview


     We are a medical device company focused on the design, development, manufacturing and marketing of what we believe to be technologically-advanced motorized physical therapy treatment beds for a broad range of back and spinal medical indications.  Our principal product is the Backroller Intersegmental Traction Bed (the “Backroller”).  The Backroller passively exercises spinal muscles and massages paraspinal muscles and tissue, thus providing trainers, physical therapists, doctors, chiropractors and individuals an extremely effective way to relieve back and spinal pain.   


     The actions of the Backroller are designed to be helpful in:


·

Relieving back pain or stiffness

·

Providing muscular massage

·

Improving spinal mobility and muscle flexibility

·

Providing linear muscle traction of spine

·

Reliving fatigue, tiredness and tension

·

Improving spinal range of motion

·

Offers better sleep all night long

·

Reducing painful “knots” in the back muscles

·

Contributing to total body relaxation


     The Backroller is easy to use, having been engineered with a variety of user friendly features, including touch screen technology.  It is fully automated and designed with firmware technology and memory for ease of future software upgrades.  We believe the traditional benefits of decompression therapy through traction combined with the actions of the Backroller will enable trainers, physical therapists, doctors, chiropractors and other health service providers to offer an effective pain relieving therapy, while at the same time, generating increased income.



29




     We sell the Backroller through a network of local and regional third-party wholesale distributors, including independent medical supply and service organizations.  Currently, our greatest demand for the Backroller currently stems from practitioners in the chiropractic, osteopathic and therapeutic fields, as well as from traditional medical doctors.


Market Opportunity


     While we have not conducted any formal market studies, we believe that changing attitudes about alternative, non-invasive health care practices, combined with the rapidly expanding older population, contribute to a robust market opportunity for the Backroller.  Trainers, physical therapists, doctors, chiropractors, and others in the pain management and relief community, can use the Backroller as a highly effective form of back and spine pain management.  Placement opportunities for the Backroller should be particularly good in acute hospital, rehabilitation, and orthopedic settings, because the elderly receive the most treatment in these settings. The growing elderly population is particularly vulnerable to chronic and debilitating conditions that require therapeutic services.  Also, the baby-boom generation is entering the prime age for heart attacks and strokes, increasing the demand for cardiac and physical rehabilitation.


     The Backroller can be supplied directly to chiropractors, physical therapists, physicians, trainers, hospitals and nursing homes.  According to the latest available figures from the Bureau of Labor Statistics ( www.bls.gov ) (the “BLS”), there were roughly 53,000 practicing chiropractors in the United States in 2004.  Employment of chiropractors is expected to grow through at least 2014 as consumer demand for alternative health care grows.  Because chiropractors emphasize the importance of healthy lifestyles and do not prescribe drugs or perform surgery, chiropractic care is appealing to many health-conscious Americans.  Additionally, chiropractic treatment of the back, neck, extremities, and joints has become more widely accepted.  


     The latest available data from the BLS estimates that physical therapists held roughly 155,000 jobs in 2004, and they expect this number to increase as growth in the number of individuals with disabilities or limited function spurs demand for therapy services.  Physicians and surgeons held about 567,000 jobs in 2004; approximately 60% of salaried physicians and surgeons were in offices of physicians, and 16% were employed by private hospitals.  Additionally, there are over 15,400 nursing homes and 5,000 hospitals in the United States.  As the United States population ages, we believe the healthcare market for traction beds will continue to grow.  These factors, combined with widespread interest in alternative, non-invasive health promotion, contribute to a market opportunity for the Backroller.


Business Strategy, Marketing and Distribution


     We believe we are well-positioned for growth in our target markets.  Our sales and marketing strategy is based upon the following considerations:


·

Superior Product Offering.  Our proprietary Backroller contours to the body more naturally and provides better spinal alignment, reduced pressure points, and greater relief of lower back and neck pain than traditional traction beds.  Our innovative product and quality design and craftsmanship distinguishes us from the major manufacturers of intersegmental traction beds



30



in the United States, which we believe offer generally similar products and must compete primarily on price.


·

Significant Growth Opportunities.  We believe we have significant growth opportunities because we have penetrated only a small percentage of our addressable market.  Furthermore, we have recently engaged independent distributors to reach a greater number of consumers and increase our brand awareness.  

Based on our strategic initiatives, we are focusing our resources in the following areas:

·

Improving sales and distribution of the Backroller domestically through strengthened relationships with distributors, particularly the high-volume specialty distributors.  We currently have distributor relationships with Med1, based in Denver, CO, an online distributor of medical equipment and supplies; BCK Sales, based out of Denver, Colorado, a distributor of exercise and rehabilitation equipment; and Southwest Medical Supply based out of Phoenix, Arizona.  Med1 has been responsible for 75% of our sales to date.

·

Seeking strategic partnerships to expand our product offerings in the back and spine pain management market.  

·

Increasing our brand awareness through targeted marketing and advertising campaigns that further associate our brand name with better back and spine pain management and premium quality products.  These campaigns will consist of emails, direct mailings and participation in medical device and chiropractic conventions.  We also have an interactive website that facilitates brand awareness and direct sales.

·

Continued development of the high quality Backroller design.  See www.back2healthltd.com.


Warranty Policy

     We will provide a standard limited lifetime warranty for the Backrollers primarily covering parts and labor to repair or replace defective components.   We plan to establish reserves for estimated product warranty costs.  These reserves will be based on a historical warranty experience during fiscal year 2007.  As we have only recently begun product sales, we do not have any current product warranty issues.


Competition


     The primary competition in the intersegmental traction bed market is from domestic manufacturers including LSI International and Verteflex, with our main competition coming from Verteflex.  The Backroller offers more features, is easier to use, and comes with a lower price point than any comparable product distributed by Verteflex.  LSI International competes primarily on price, offering a product designed with fewer features and lower quality craftsmanship.  We believe we compete based on our technological sophistication and product quality.  In addition, our products target a lower selling price than the products of our competitors and we offer a limited lifetime warranty, a broader warranty than our competitors.



31



Intellectual Property

     We have applied for trademark registration for the Backroller.  Although we have not been challenged by any party regarding our use of Backroller as a brand name, there is no assurance that we will receive trademark registration from the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.  If we cannot obtain an official registration of the Backroller trademark, we believe we hold the right to continue using the Backroller name and brand; however, there is no assurance one or more users will not challenge our use.

     We regard our development technology and proprietary know-how and assets as being very valuable to us, but we have no patent protection to date. We do not expect to obtain any significant patent protection, however, and we intend to rely primarily upon a combination of trade secrets and confidentiality agreements to protect our intellectual property.

     There is no assurance that any measures taken by us to protect our intellectual property will be sufficient or that such property will provide us with any competitive advantage. Competitors may be able to copy valuable features of our products or to obtain information we regard as a trade secret. We are currently not aware of any claims of infringement against us regarding our Backroller or intellectual property rights.

Governmental Regulation

     In the United States, the Federal Drug Administration (the “FDA”) is responsible for regulating firms who manufacture, repackage, relabel, and/or import medical devices sold in the United States.  The Medical Device Amendments of 1976 (the “1976 Act”) gives specific authority to the FDA to regulate the safety and effectiveness of medical devices.  Under the 1976 Act, the FDA classifies a medical device into one of three categories (Class I, II, and III) based on the device’s risk and known facts about the device.  The device classification sets the regulatory requirements for each medical device, with regulatory controls increasing from Class 1 to Class III devices.  The Backroller, as a Class I device, because it is a non-invasive device, is exempt from pre-market notification under section 510(k) of the 1976 Act.   Class I devices are generally lower risk products for which sufficient information exists establishing that general regulatory controls provide reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness.   Most Class I devices are exempt from the requirement for pre-market notification under section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act.  Failure to comply with applicable FDA regulatory requirements may result in, among other things, injunctions, product withdrawals, recalls, product seizures, fines, and criminal prosecutions.  Any such action by the FDA could materially adversely affect our ability to successfully market our products.

     Advertising and other forms of promotion and methods of marketing of the products are subject to regulation by the Federal Trade Commission ("FTC") under the Federal Trade Commission Act ("FTC Act").  Section 5 of the FTC Act prohibits unfair methods of competition and unfair or deceptive acts or practices in or affecting commerce.  Section 12 of the FTC Act provides that the dissemination or the causing to be disseminated of any false advertisement pertaining to, among other things, drugs, cosmetics, devices or foods, is an unfair or deceptive act or practice.  Pursuant to this FTC requirement, we are required to have adequate substantiation for all advertising claims made about our products. The type of substantiation required depends upon the product claims made.

     If the FTC has reason to believe the law is being violated ( e.g ., the manufacturer or distributor does not possess adequate substantiation for product claims), it can initiate an enforcement action.  



32



The FTC has a variety of processes and remedies available to it for enforcement, both administratively and judicially, including compulsory process authority, cease and desist orders, and injunctions.  FTC enforcement could result in orders requiring, among other things, limits on advertising, consumer redress, divestiture of assets, rescission of contracts, and such other relief as may be deemed necessary.  Violation of such orders could result in substantial fines or other penalties.

     We cannot predict the nature of any future laws, regulations, interpretations, or applications, nor can we determine what effect additional governmental regulations or administrative orders, when and if promulgated, would have on our business in the future.  They could include, however, requirements for the reformulation of certain products to meet new standards, the recall or discontinuance of certain products, additional record keeping, expanded documentation of the properties of certain products, expanded or different labeling, and additional scientific substantiation.


Description Of Property

     While our mailing address is that of one of our directors, Mr. Overturf, we in fact do not presently maintain executive offices at any location.  

     Our inventory of completed but unsold Backrollers is warehoused with Med1, one of our distributors.  Med1 will add a fee on each unit shipped to a designated customer as compensation for the warehousing service.

  

Research and Development


     Our research and development team is lead by Mr. Rusty Munn, manufacturing designer of the Backroller, and John B. Quam, our President.  We will use market input to develop products that solve specific problems as well as provide superior benefits to end-users.


Employees


       As of July 30, 2006, we had a total of one (1) part-time employee.  The part-time employee is John B. Quam.  Currently, Mr. Quam devotes 80% of his time to the day-to-day operations of the Company.  Given adequate capital, we would like to hire additional marketing and sales personnel.  


Corporate Contact Information


     Our principal executive offices are located at 7750 N. Union Blvd., Suite 201, Colorado Springs, Colorado 80920, and our telephone number at that address is (719) 266-1544.  Our website address is http://www.back2healthltd.com .  The reference to this website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained therein.  We have included our web site address as a factual reference and do not intend it to be an active link to our web site.


Legal Proceedings


       There are no material legal proceedings in which either we or any of our affiliates are involved which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or future operations.  





33



Market For Common Equity And Related Stockholder Matters


Market Information


There currently exists no public trading market for our securities.  We do not intend to develop a public trading market until our offering has terminated.  There can be no assurance that a public trading market will develop at that time or be sustained in the future.  Without an active public trading market, you may not be able to liquidate your investment without considerable delay, if at all.  If a market does develop, the price for our securities may be highly volatile and may bear no relationship to our actual financial condition or results of operations.  Factors we discuss in this prospectus, including the many risks associated with an investment in us, may have a significant impact on the market price of our common stock.  Also, because of the relatively low price of our common stock, many brokerage firms may not effect transactions in the common stock.


Upon completion of this offering, we intend to apply to have our common stock quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board.  No trading symbol has yet been assigned.


Rules Governing Low-Price Stocks that May Affect Our Shareholders' Ability to Resell Shares of Our Common Stock


Quotations on the OTC/BB reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, markdown or commission and may not reflect actual transactions.  Our common stock may be subject to certain rules adopted by the SEC that regulate broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in "penny stocks".  Penny stocks generally are securities with a price of less than $5.00, other than securities registered on certain national exchanges or quoted on the Nasdaq system, provided that the exchange or system provides current price and volume information with respect to transaction in such securities.  The additional sales practice and disclosure requirements imposed upon broker-dealers may discourage broker-dealers from effecting transactions in our shares which could severely limit the market liquidity of the shares and impede the sale of our shares in the secondary market.


The penny stock rules require broker-dealers, prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from the rules, to make a special suitability determination for the purchaser to receive the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to sale, to deliver standardized risk disclosure documents prepared by the SEC that provides information about penny stocks and the nature and level of risks in the penny stock market.  The broker-dealer must also provide the customer with current bid and offer quotations for the penny stock.  In addition, the penny stock regulations require the broker-dealer to deliver, prior to any transaction involving a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prepared by the SEC relating to the penny stock market, unless the broker-dealer or the transaction is otherwise exempt.  A broker-dealer is also required to disclose commissions payable to the broker-dealer and the registered representative and current quotations for the securities.  Finally, a broker-dealer is required to send monthly statements disclosing recent price information with respect to the penny stock held in a customer's account and information with respect to the limited market in penny stocks.


Holders


As of the date of this prospectus, we have seven (7) shareholders of record of the Company’s common stock.



34




Rule 144 Shares


A total of 500,000 shares of the common stock are available for resale by our shareholders to the public, if sold in accordance with the volume and trading limitations of Rule 144 (e) of the Securities Act.  In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned shares of a company's common stock for at least one year is entitled to sell within any three month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of: 1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding which, in this case, will equal approximately 5,675 shares as of the date of this prospectus; or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on form 144 with respect to the sale.  Sales under Rule 144 must be made through a market maker or broker-dealer into the public trading market for the shares, and therefore are dependent upon the existence of such a public trading market, which has not yet developed.


Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about our Company. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not one of the Company’s affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least 2 years, is entitled to sell shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.


Dividends.


As of the filing of this prospectus, we have not paid any dividends to our shareholders.  There are no restrictions which would limit our ability to pay dividends on common equity or that are likely to do so in the future. Delaware General Corporation Law, however, prohibits us from declaring dividends where, after giving effect to the distribution of the dividend, we would not be able to pay our debts as they become due in the usual course of business; or if our total assets would be less than the sum of our total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed to satisfy the rights of shareholders who have preferential rights superior to those receiving the distribution.






35



 

Management


Directors, executive officers, promoters and control persons


       Our executive officers, key employees and directors and their respective ages and positions are set forth below:

Name                     

 

 Age 

 

Position                                                              

         

John B. Quam

 

43

 

President and Director

         

John Overturf, Jr.

 

46

 

Director

         

________________________________


John Bernett Quam , age 43, has been the President of B2 Health, Inc. since its inception on March 8, 2006.  When not engaged in the business of the Company, he maintains his position as Director of Sales with Charles Jacquin Liquor Distiller, where he has been employed since August of 1994 and is paid a monthly salary of approximately $11500.  He was President and Chief Executive Officer of New World Publishing from June 1996 to April 1999.  He also served as a member on the Board of Directors for New World Publishing from June 1996 to April 1999.  Mr. Quam attended the University of Colorado, where he received a Bachelor’s of Science degree in Earth Sciences.


John Overturf, Jr, age 46, has been a Director of B2 Health, Inc. since its inception on March 8, 2006.  He currently serves as President of three companies: Combined Penny Stock Fund (OTCBB: PENY) since 1999; R.O.I., Inc., a private investment company, since 1985; and Prospector Capital, a private publishing company, since 2002.  He also serves as a Director of Combined Penny Stock Fund and BioSource International (NASDAQ: BIOI) since 1993.  He served as Director for OnSource Corporation in 2004.  He received a degree in Finance from the University of Northern Colorado.


     During the last five years none of our directors or officers have:


 

a.

had any bankruptcy petition filed by or against any business of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the bankruptcy or within two years prior to that time;

     
 

b.

been convicted in a criminal proceeding or subject to a pending criminal proceeding;

     
 

c.

been subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting his involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activities; or

     



36





 

d.

been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action, the Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated.


Our executive officers are elected annually at the annual meeting of our Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of shareholders.  Our directors are elected annually at the annual meeting of our shareholders.  Each director and executive officer will hold office until his successor is duly elected and qualified, until his resignation or until he shall be removed in the manner provided by our by-laws.

  

We currently do not have standing audit, compensation or nominating committees of the Board of Directors.  We plan to form audit, compensation and nominating committees when it is necessary to do so to comply with federal securities laws or to meet listing requirements of a stock exchange or the Nasdaq Capital Market.


There do not exist any family relationships among our directors.  Additionally, there do not exist any arrangements or understandings between any director and any other person pursuant to which any director was elected as such.


2006 Equity Incentive Plan


On August 7, 2006, we adopted our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan for our officers, directors and other employees, plus outside consultants and advisors.  Under the Equity Incentive Plan, our employees, outside consultants and advisors may receive awards of non-qualified options and incentive options, stock appreciation rights or shares of stock.  As required by Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the aggregate fair market value of our common stock underlying incentive stock options granted to an employee exercisable for the first time in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000.  The foregoing limitation does not apply to non-qualified options.  The exercise price of an incentive option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares of our common stock on the date of grant.  The same limitation does not apply to non-qualified options.  An option is not transferable, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.


If the employment of an optionee terminates for any reason, (other than for cause, or by reason of death, disability or retirement), the optionee may exercise his options within a 90-day period following such termination to the extent he was entitled to exercise such options at the date of termination.  A maximum of 100,000 shares of our common stock are subject to the Equity Incentive Plan.  As of the date of this prospectus, no options, stock appreciation rights or bonus stock have been granted under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. The purpose of the Equity Incentive Plan is to provide employees, including our officers and employee directors, and non-employee consultants and advisors, with an increased incentive to make significant and extraordinary contributions to our long-term performance and growth, to join their interests with the interests of our shareholders, and to facilitate attracting and retaining employees of exceptional ability.


The Equity Incentive Plan may be administered by the Board or in the Board's sole discretion by the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee as may be specified by the Board to perform the functions and duties of the Committee under the Equity Incentive Plan. Subject to the provisions of the Equity Incentive Plan, the Committee and the Board shall determine, from



37



those eligible to be participants in the Equity Incentive Plan, the persons to be granted stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock, the amount of stock or rights to be optioned or granted to each such person, and the terms and conditions of any stock option, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock.



Director Compensation


       

Under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, each of our directors and officers is eligible to receive options to purchase shares of our common stock.  To date, no option grant has been made to any director or officer.  We plan to make annual grants to directors in the future, but the basis of such grants has not yet been established.


Executive Compensation


The following table and discussions summarize all plan and non-plan compensation earned by or paid to our President for the period ending December 31, 2006.  No other executive officer received total annual salary and bonus of at least $100,000 during that period.  


SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE


Name and

Principal

Position




Year




Salary




Bonus



Stock

Awards



Options

Awards


Non equity

Incentive Plan

Compensation

Nonqualified

Deferred

Compensation

Earnings



All Other

Compensation




Total

John. B. Quam; President

2006

$48,000

-0-

-0-

-0-

-0-

-0-

-0-

$48,000


Our President, Mr. Quam, is our only salaried executive officer.  He is compensated at the rate of $48,000 per year for his part-time service as President of the Company.  Mr. Quam devotes approximately 80% of his time and attention to the business of the Company.


No executive officer will receive perquisites and other personal benefits which, in the aggregate, exceed the lesser of either $50,000 or 10% of the total of annual salary and bonus paid during the fiscal year.


The following table summarizes information related to grants of stock options (whether or not in tandem with SARs) and freestanding SARs made during the last completed fiscal year to each of the named executive officers specified below:



38




OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END TABLE


 

Option Awards


Stock Awards















Name









Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options


Exercisable









Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options


Unexercisable






Equity

Incentive

Plan

Awards:

Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Unearned

Options













Option

Exercise

Price













Option

Expiration

Date






Number

of

Shares

or Units

of

Stock

That

Have

Not

Vested






Market

Value

of

Shares

or

Units

That

Have

Not

Vested


Equity

Incentive

Plan

Awards:

Number

of

Unearned

Shares,

Units or

Other

Rights

That

Have Not

Vested



Equity

Incentive

Plan

Awards:

Market or

Payout

Value of

Unearned

Shares,

Units or

Other Rights

That Have

Not Vested

John B. Quam; President

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

John Overturf, Jr.

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0


Options are in the money if the market value of the shares covered thereby is greater than the option exercise price.  Based on the estimated fair market value of the common stock at July 30, 2006, of $1.00 per share, less the exercise price.


DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE










Name




Fees

Earned

or

Paid

in

Cash








Stock

Awards








Option

Awards







Non-Equity

Incentive Plan

Compensation






Nonqualified

Deferred

Compensation

Earnings







All

Other

Compensation









Total

John B. Quam; Director and President


0


2,500


0


0


0


0


2,500

John Overturf, Jr.; Director


0


2,500


0


0


0


0


2,500



Employment and Consultation Agreements


       We do not have any written employment agreements with any of our executive officers or key employees, nor do we have or maintain key man life insurance on any of our employees.



39




Indemnification For Securities Act Liabilities


Limitation On Directors' Liability


       Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of a director for monetary damages for his conduct as a director, except for:


 

*

Any breach of the duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders,

     
 

*

Acts or omissions not in good faith or that involved intentional misconduct or a knowing   

violation of law,

     
 

*

Dividends or other distributions of corporate assets from which the director derives an

improper personal benefit.

     
 

*

Liability under federal securities law


The effect of these provisions is to eliminate our right and the right of our stockholders (through stockholder's derivative suits on our behalf) to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of his fiduciary duty of care as a director, except for the acts described above.  These provisions do not limit or eliminate our right or the right of a stockholder to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission, in the event of a breach of a director's duty of care.  


Our certificate of incorporation also provides that we shall indemnify, to the full extent permitted by Delaware law, any of our directors, officers, employees or agents who are made, or threatened to be made, a party to a proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or agents.  The indemnification is against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements, and reasonable expenses incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding if certain standards are met.  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons in accordance with these provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.




40



Certain Relationships and Related Transactions


Effective March 24, 2006, we issued 250,000 founders shares for an aggregate consideration of $2,500.  Two of the investors who acquired founder’s shares are listed below.


Name

Number of Shares

Consideration


John B. Quam

50,000

$500.00

John R. Overturf, Jr.

50,000

$500.00


Also effective March 24, 2006, we issued an additional 250,000 shares for aggregate consideration of $100,000 to two investors as set forth below.  


Name

Number of Shares

Consideration


Triumph Capital, Inc.

125,000

$50,000.00

John R. Overturf, Jr.

125,000

$50,000.00


In September, 2006, we redeemed 62,500 shares from Triumph Capital, Inc., in consideration of payment in the amount of $25,000.  We then sold an additional 62,500 shares to the Calendrella Family Foundation, a Colorado not-for-profit corporation, in consideration of $25,000.


Effective April, 2007 we issued an additional 5,000 shares in consideration of services rendered to the Company to the following:


Name

Number of Shares

Consideration


John Quam

2,500

    Services

John R. Overturf, Jr.

2,500

Services


In April 2007, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with John R. Overturf, Jr., one of our directors and principal shareholders.  Specifically, Mr. Overturf made a credit facility available to the Company in the maximum amount of $50,000.  Pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, Mr. Overturf will make loans to the Company, each an Advance, in such amounts as the Company may request from time to time.  When needed, the Company will use these Advances to finance its operations.   Interest will accrue on the daily outstanding credit balance at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum.  Interest, including default interest, is payable either in cash or in shares of the Company’s common stock valued at $0.50 per share, at the option of Mr. Overturf.  In addition, as additional consideration to Mr. Overturf for making the Advances , Mr. Overturf is entitled to a financing fee of 10 shares of common stock of the Company for every $1,000 of the maximum credit balance under the Credit Agreement.  Our obligation under the Credit Agreement is secured by a security interest covering all of the Company’s tangible and intangible assets.






41



Security Ownership of Management and Principal Stockholders


The following table sets forth information with respect to beneficial ownership of our common stock by:


 

*

each person who beneficially owns more than 5% of the common stock;

 

*

each of our executive officers named in the Management section;

 

*

each of our Directors; and

 

*

all executive officers and Directors as a group.  


The table shows the number of shares owned as of September 1, 2007 and the percentage of outstanding common stock owned as of September 1, 2007.  Each person has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares shown, except as noted.


   

Percent of Class (2)


Name and Address

of Beneficial

Owner (1)

Amount and

Nature of

Beneficial

Ownership (2) (7)



Before

Offering (3) (7)

After

Offering

(Minimum)

(4)(5) (7)

After

Offering

(Maximum)

(4)(6) (7)

         

John R. Overturf, Jr

177,500

35.1%

25.4%

17.8%

John B. Quam

52,500

10.4%

  7.5%

  5.3%

Triumph Capital, Inc.

62,500

12.4%

  8.9%

  6.3%

Calandrella Family Foundation

62,500

12.4%

  8.9%

  6.3%

Glynn Hopkins, II

10940 S. Parker Road # 427

Parker, CO  80134

50,000

  9.9%

  7.1%

  5.0%

Harlan B. Munn, III

5758 Singletree Lane

Parker, CO  80134

50,000

  9.9%

  7.1%

  5.0%

All officers and directors as a group

(two persons)


230,000


45.5%


32.9%


23%

____________________________

(1)

Unless otherwise stated, address is 7750 N. Union Blvd., Suite 201, Colorado Springs, CO 80920.

(2)

Under SEC Rules, we include in the number of shares owned by each person the number of shares

issuable under outstanding options or warrants if those options or warrants are exercisable within 60

days of the date of this prospectus.  In calculating percentage ownership, we calculate the ownership

of each person who owns exercisable options by adding (i) the number of exercisable options for that

person only to (ii) the number of total shares outstanding and dividing that result into (iii) the total

number of shares and exercisable options owned by that person.

(3)

Shares and percentages beneficially owned are based upon 556,700 shares outstanding on June 30,

2007.

(4)

Assumes shareholder did not purchase any shares in the offering.

(5)

Assumes 767,500 shares outstanding.

(6)

(7)

Assumes 1,067,500 shares outstanding.

Does not include shares to be issued under the Credit Agreement between John Overturf, Jr.

and the Company, dated April 3, 2007.




42



The Offering


       We are offering on a best efforts basis up to 500,000 shares of our common stock on a 200,000 minimum, 500,000 share maximum basis at an offering price of $1.00 per share.  The terms of the offering are as follows:


 

*

We are offering the shares to the public through our officers and directors, and will rely primarily on the efforts of John Quam, President and Director of the Company.  No sales commission will be paid to our officers and directors.  We do not presently intend to use the services of any broker-dealer or investment banking firm in the offering.  

     
 

*

Until we have sold at least 200,000 shares of common stock, we will not accept subscriptions for any shares.  None of our officers, directors or promoters will purchase shares in the offering in order to achieve the minimum offering amount.  All proceeds of the offering will be deposited in an escrow account with Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc., our transfer agent.  If we are unable to sell at least 200,000 shares before the offering ends, we will return all funds, without interest or deduction, to subscribers promptly following the end of the offering.

     
 

*

We have the right to completely or partially accept or reject any subscription for shares offered in this offering, for any reason or for no reason.  The offering will remain open until the earlier of all of the shares are sold or 90 days from the date of this prospectus, which may be extended by us, in our discretion, for an additional 90 days.  We may decide to cease selling efforts at any time prior to such date if our Board of Directors determines that there is a better use of funds and management time than the continuation of this offering.

     
 

*

If this offering is not oversubscribed, within a reasonable time after effectiveness, we plan to accept all subscriptions as soon as reasonably practicable.  If this offering is oversubscribed or appears likely to be oversubscribed within a reasonable time after effectiveness, we plan to allocate the shares among subscribers in our sole discretion.

     

All proceeds of the offering will be deposited with and held by Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc., our transfer agent, under the terms of an Fund Escrow Agreement, which will establish a segregated account for that purpose.  Provided we achieve at least the minimum offering, when the offering terminates, all proceeds will be paid to us.  If we do not achieve at least the minimum offering, when the offering terminates, Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc. will return all funds to subscribers, without deduction or interest.   We have agreed to pay Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc., a fee of $2,500 to serve as escrow agent, and to indemnify it from liability that might arise as a result of serving as escrow agent.


We will reimburse our officers and directors for expenses incurred in connection with the offer and sale of shares in this offering.  All of our officers and directors are relying on Rule 3a4-1 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 as a "safe harbor" from registration as a broker-dealer in connection with the offer and sales of the shares.  In order to rely on such "safe harbor" provisions provided by Rule 3a4-1, an officer or director must be in compliance with all of the following:





43





 

-

Not be subject to a statutory disqualification;

     
 

-

Not be compensated in connection with such selling participation by payment of commission or other payments based either directly or indirectly on such transactions;

     
 

-

Not be an associated person of a broker-dealer;

     
 

-

Restrict participation to transactions involving offers and sale of the shares;

     
 

-

Perform substantial duties for us after the close of the offering not connected with transactions in securities, and not have been associated with a broker or dealer for the preceding 12 months, and not participate in selling an offering of securities for any issuer more than once every 12 months; and

     
 

-

Restrict participation to written communications or responses to inquiries of potential purchasers.


We believe that each of our officers and directors qualifies to rely upon the foregoing safe harbor.  Our officers and directors have no current plans to purchase shares in the offering.


       How to Invest in the Offering


       Prior to effectiveness, no one may purchase any shares in this offering.  Following the effectiveness of this offering, in order to purchase shares in this offering, an investor must:


 

*

Execute and deliver to us a subscription agreement that will provided by us to investors.

     
 

*

Deliver the subscription agreement to us at the same time that you deliver payment of the subscription amount for your shares.  All payments should be made payable to the order of "B2 Health, Inc., Escrow Account."

     
 

*

Deliver a signed subscription agreement and payment of the subscription amount to Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc. as follows:

     
   

Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc.

3200 Cherry Creek Drive South, Suite 430

Denver, CO 80209

Attention:  Carylyn K. Bell

     
 

*

Following the effectiveness of this offering, an investor can request a paper copy of the subscription agreement and prospectus by calling us, writing to us, or e-mailing us at the number and address listed in this prospectus.  


We intend to deliver to investors certificates for their shares within 30 days of accepting their subscription agreements.



44



Description of Securities


We are authorized to issue up to 50,000,000 shares of $.0001 par value common stock and 10,000,000 shares of $.0001 par value preferred stock.  As of September 1, 2007, 567,500 shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock were issued and outstanding, and there were approximately five (5) shareholders of record.


Common Stock


Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share held of record.  There is no right to cumulative voting of shares for the election of directors.  The shares of common stock are not entitled to pre-emptive rights and are not subject to redemption or assessment.  Each share of common stock is entitled to share ratably in distributions to shareholders and to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor.  Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive, pro-rata, our assets which are legally available for distribution to shareholders.  


Preferred Stock


We are authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of $.0001 par value preferred stock.  Our preferred stock can be issued in one or more series as may be determined from time-to-time by our Board of Directors.  In establishing a series our Board of Directors shall give to it a distinctive designation so as to distinguish it from the shares of all other series and classes, shall fix the number of shares in such series, and the preferences, rights and restrictions thereof.  All shares of any one series shall be alike in every particular.  Our Board of Directors has the authority, without shareholder approval, to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of any series of preferred stock including, without limitation:  


 

*

the rate of distribution,

     
 

*

the price at and the terms and conditions on which shares shall be redeemed,

     
 

*

the amount payable upon shares for distributions of any kind,

     
 

*

sinking fund provisions for the redemption of shares,

     
 

*

the terms and conditions on which shares may be converted if the shares of any series are issued with the privilege of conversion, and

     
 

*

voting rights except as limited by law.


We could authorize the issuance of additional series of preferred stock which would grant to holders preferred rights to our assets upon liquidation, the right to receive dividend coupons before dividends would be declared to common shareholders, and the right to the redemption of such shares, together with a premium, prior to the redemption to common stock.  Our common shareholders have no redemption rights.  In addition, our Board could issue large blocks of voting stock to fend off unwanted tender offers or hostile takeovers without further shareholder approval.




45



Anti-takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Delaware Law


We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an anti-takeover law.  In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the "business combination" or the transaction in which the person became an "interested stockholder" is approved in a prescribed manner.  Generally, a "business combination" includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder.  Generally, an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own) 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock.  The existence of this provision would be expected to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors, including discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.


Transfer Agent, Warrant Agent and Registrar


The transfer agent and registrar for our common and preferred stock is Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc., 3200 Cherry Creek Drive South, Suite 430, Denver, CO 80209.


Reports to Shareholders


We intend to furnish annual reports to shareholders that will include audited financial statements reported on by our independent certified public accountants.  In addition, we will issue unaudited quarterly or other interim reports to shareholders, as we deem appropriate.


Shares Eligible For Future Sale

 

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock.  If a public trading market develops, of which there can be no assurance, future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices.


Upon completion of the offering, we will have between 767,500 and 1,067,500 shares of common stock outstanding, depending on how many shares are sold in the offering.  Of the 567,500 shares currently outstanding, 505,000 shares All 567,500 shares which were outstanding prior to this offering are "restricted securities" under the Securities Act and may not be resold except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, including Rule 144.  The remaining 67,500 shares are treasury stock.  All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares owned by our officers, directors, and major shareholders, which will be subject to certain resale limitations of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.





46



Legal Matters


The validity of the issuance of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Clifford L. Neuman, P.C. of Boulder, Colorado.  


Experts


Our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006 have been included herein in reliance on the reports of Ronald R. Chadwick, P.C., certified public accountant, appearing elsewhere herein, given upon the authority of that firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


Additional Information


We will file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”).  You may read and copy any document we file at the Commission's Public Reference Rooms, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549.  Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Public Reference Rooms. You can also obtain copies of our Commission filings by going to the Commission's website at http://www.sec.gov.


For further information about us or our common stock, you may refer to the Registration Statement and to the exhibits filed as part of the Registration Statement.  You can review a copy of the Registration Statement and its exhibits at the public reference rooms maintained by the Commission and on the Commission's Website as described above.




47














B2 HEALTH, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)


CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


September 30, 2006 &

June 30, 2007 (Unaudited)







F-1




B2 HEALTH, INC.


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

PAGE

   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-3

   

Consolidated Balance Sheets  

F-4

   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

F-5

   

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity

F-6

   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

F-7

   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-8




F-2









RONALD R. CHADWICK, P.C.

Certified Public Accountant

2851 South Parker Road, Suite 720

Aurora, Colorado  80014

Telephone (303)306-1967

Fax (303)306-1944



Board of Directors

B2 Health, Inc.

Colorado Springs, Colorado


I have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of B2 Health, Inc., a development stage company, as of September 30, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the period from March 8, 2006 (inception) through September 30, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. My responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on my audit.


I conducted my audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that I plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  I believe that my audit provides a reasonable basis for my opinion.


In my opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of B2 Health, Inc. as of September 30, 2006, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from March 8, 2006 (inception) through September 30, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.


Aurora, Colorado

/s/ Ronald R. Chadwick

October 27, 2006

     

RONALD R. CHADWICK, P.C.





F-3





B2 HEALTH, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                       

ASSETS

                   

June 30, 2007

 
               

Sept. 30, 2006

 

(Unaudited)

 
 

Current assets

                 
                       
 

      Cash

         

 $          68,374

 

 $            7,685

 
 

      Acccounts Receivable

       

                     -

 

               3,400

 
 

      Inventory

         

                     -

 

             30,482

 
 

              Total current assets

     

             68,374

 

             41,567

 
                       
 

      Fixed Assets

             

               1,693

 
 

      Acummulated Depreciation

         

                  (56)

 
 

      Deferred offering costs

       

             10,000

 

             32,459

 
               

             10,000

 

             34,096

 
                       
 

Total Assets

         

 $          78,374

 

 $          75,663

 
                       

LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

Current liabilities

               
 

      Accrued payables

       

 $            4,340

 

 $          21,515

 
 

      Notes Payable

       

                     -

 

             15,000

 
 

      Interest Payable

       

 

 

                 275

 
 

              Total current liabilities

     

               4,340

 

             36,790

 
                       
 

Total Liabilities

         

               4,340

 

             36,790

 
                       
 

Stockholders' Equity

               
 

      Preferred stock, $.0001 par value;

           
 

          10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

   

                  

 
 

      Common stock, $.0001 par value;

   

                     -

 

  -

 
 

          50,000,000 shares authorized;

             
 

          562,500 shares issued and 500,000 outstanding (2006)

         
 

          and 567,500 shares issued and 500,000 shares

          outstanding (2007)

                   56

 

                   57

 
 

      Additional paid in capital

     

           127,444

 

           129,943

 
 

      Treasury stock at cost (62,500 shares)

   

            (25,000)

 

            (25,000)

 
 

      Deficit accumulated during the development stage

 

            (28,466)

 

            (66,127)

 
 

Total Stockholders' Equity

     

             74,034

 

             38,873

 
               
 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

   

 $          78,374

 

 $          75,663

 
                       



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements


F-4







B2 HEALTH, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                     
                     
                 

Mar. 8, 2006

 
   

(Inception of

 
         

Mar. 8, 2006

 

Nine Months

 

Dev. Stage)

 
         

(Inception)

 

Ended

 

Through

 
         

Through

 

June 30, 2007

 

June 30, 2007

 
         

Sept. 30, 2006

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 
                     
 

Sales

     

 $                  -

 

 $          10,998

 

 $          10,998

 
 

Cost of goods sold

   

 

 

             10,161

 

             10,161

 
                     
 

Gross profit

   

 

 

                 837

 

                 837

 
                     
 

Operating expenses:

               
 

     Depreciation expense

     

                   56

 

                   56

 
 

     General and administrative

 

             28,466

 

             38,167

 

             66,633

 
         

             28,466

 

             38,223

 

             66,689

 
                     
 

Gain (loss) from operations

 

           (28,466)

 

           (37,386)

 

           (65,852)

 
                     
 

Other income (expense)

             
 

     Interest expense

   

                     -

 

                (275)

 

                (275)

 
                     
 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

           (28,466)

 

           (37,661)

 

           (66,127)

 
                     
 

Provision for income tax

 

                     -

 

                     -

 

                     -

 
                     
 

Net income (loss)

   

 $         (28,466)

 

 $         (37,661)

 

 $         (66,127)

 
                     
 

Net income (loss) per share

             
 

(Basic and fully diluted)

 

 $            (0.07)

 

 $            (0.08)

     
                     
 

Weighted average number of

             
 

common shares outstanding

 

           412,500

 

           501,667

     




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements


F-5




B2 HEALTH, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                           
                           
                     

Deficit

   
                     

Accum.

   
                     

During the

 

  Stock-

     

Common Stock

 

Paid In

 

Treasury

 

Development

 

  holders'

     

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Stock

 

Stage

 

  Equity      

                           

Balances at March 8, 2006

                -

 

 $          -

 

 $           -

 

 $           -

 

 $              -

 

 $           -

                           

Sales of common stock

      562,500

 

           56

 

    127,444

         

    127,500

                           

Repurchase of 62,500 shares

                     

     into treasury at cost from

                     

     a related party

             

    (25,000)

     

    (25,000)

                           

Gain (loss) for the period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       (28,466)

 

    (28,466)

                           

Balances at September 30, 2006

      562,500

 

 $        56

 

 $ 127,444

 

 $ (25,000)

 

 $    (28,466)

 

 $   74,034

                           

Compensatory stock issuance

         5,000

 

            1

 

       2,499

         

        2,500

                           

Gain (loss) for the period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       (37,661)

 

    (37,661)

                           

Balances at June 30, 2007 -

                     

  (Unaudited)

 

      567,500

 

 $        57

 

 $ 129,943

 

 $ (25,000)

 

 $    (66,127)

 

 $   38,873

                           





The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements


F-6




B2 HEALTH, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

         
                   

Mar. 8, 2006

 
                   

(Inception of

 
           

Mar. 8, 2006

 

Nine Months

 

Dev. Stage)

 
           

(Inception)

 

Ended

 

Through

 
           

Through

 

June 3, 2007

 

June 30, 2007

 
           

Sept. 30, 2006

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 
 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

           
 

     Net income (loss) during the development stage

 $         (28,466)

 

 $          (37,661)

 

 $          (66,127)

 
 

          

                   
 

     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to

           
 

     net cash provided by (used for)

             
 

     operating activities:

               
 

         Depreciation

       

                    56

 

                     56

 
 

         Accounts receivable

       

              (3,400)

 

               (3,400)

 
 

         Inventory

         

             (30,482)

 

             (30,482)

 
 

         Accrued payables

   

               4,340

 

              17,450

 

               21,790

 
 

         Compensatory stock issuance

 

 

 

                2,500

 

                2,500

 
                       
 

                Net cash provided by (used for)

           
 

                operating activities

 

           (24,126)

 

             (51,537)

 

             (75,663)

 
                       
 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

           
 

         Fixed assets

     

              (1,693)

 

               (1,693)

 
 

         Deferred offering costs

 

           (10,000)

 

             (22,459)

 

             (32,459)

 
 

         Treasury stock purchase

 

           (25,000)

 

                      -

 

             (25,000)

 
 

               Net cash provided by (used for)

           
 

                investing activities

 

           (35,000)

 

             (24,152)

 

             (59,152)

 
               
 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

           
 

     Notes payable - borrowings

     

              15,000

 

               15,000

 
 

     Sales of common stock

   

           127,500

 

 

 

             127,500

 
 

                Net cash provided by (used for)

           
 

                financing activities

 

           127,500

 

              15,000

 

             142,500

 
                       
 

Net Increase (Decrease) In Cash

 

             68,374

 

             (60,689)

 

                7,685

 
                       
 

Cash At The Beginning Of The Period

                     -

 

              68,374

 

                       -

 
                       
 

Cash At The End Of The Period

 

 $          68,374

 

 $             7,685

 

 $              7,685

 
 

Schedule Of Non-Cash Investing And Financing Activities

         
 

None

                   
 

Supplemental Disclosure

               
 

Cash paid for interest

   

 $                  -

 

 $                    -

 

 $                    -

 
 

Cash paid for income taxes

   

 $                  -

 

 $                    -

 

 $                    -

 




The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements


F-7



B2 HEALTH, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

March 8, 2006 (Inception) Through September 30, 2006,

Nine Months Ended June 30, 2007 (Unaudited),

And For The Period From March 8, 2006 (Inception)

Though June 30, 2007 (Unaudited)



NOTE 1. ORGANIZATION, OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:


B2 Health, Inc. (the “Company”), was incorporated in the State of Delaware on March 8, 2006. The Company plans to design and manufacture specialized chiropractic tables. The Company is currently in the development stage and has no significant operations to date.


Principles of consolidation


The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of B2 Health, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.


Cash and cash equivalents


The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of nine months or less as cash equivalents.


Accounts receivable


The Company reviews accounts receivable periodically for collectability and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts and records bad debt expense when deemed necessary. At September 30, 2006 the Company had no balance in its allowance for doubtful accounts.


Property and equipment


Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated under accelerated methods over each item's estimated useful life.


Revenue recognition


Revenue is recognized on an accrual basis as earned under contract terms.


Use of Estimates


The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


Income tax


The Company accounts for income taxes under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 (“SFAS 109”). Under SFAS 109 deferred taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion



F-8





B2 HEALTH, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

March 8, 2006 (Inception) Through September 30, 2006,

Nine Months Ended June 30, 2007 (Unaudited),

And For The Period From March 8, 2006 (Inception)

Though June 30, 2007 (Unaudited)



or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.


Net income (loss) per share


The net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common outstanding. Warrants, stock options, and common stock issuable upon the conversion of the Company's preferred stock (if any), are not included in the computation if the effect would be anti-dilutive and would increase the earnings or decrease loss per share.


Financial Instruments


The carrying value of the Company’s financial instruments, as reported in the accompanying balance sheet, approximates fair value.


Recent Accounting Pronouncements


In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155 “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments – an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140”, to simplify and make more consistent the accounting for certain financial instruments. The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 155, which are effective in general for financial instruments acquired or issued in fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The adoption did not have a material effect on the results of operations of the Company.


In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156 "Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities". This statement requires all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities be initially measured at fair value, if practicable, and permits for subsequent measurement using either fair value measurement with changes in fair value reflected in earnings or the amortization and impairment requirements of Statement No. 140. The Company has adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 156, which are effective in general for an entity's fiscal year beginning after September 15, 2006. The adoption did not have a material effect on the results of operations of the Company.


NOTE 2. INCOME TAXES


Deferred income taxes arise from the temporary differences between financial statement and income tax recognition of net operating losses and other items. Loss carryovers are limited under the Internal Revenue Code should a significant change in ownership occur.



F-9





B2 HEALTH, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

March 8, 2006 (Inception) Through September 30, 2006,

Nine Months Ended June 30, 2007 (Unaudited),

And For The Period From March 8, 2006 (Inception)

Though June 30, 2007 (Unaudited)



The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to SFAS 109. The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:


 

September 30,

2006

June 30,

2007

Deferred tax liability

$              -

$               -

Deferred tax asset arising from:

   

         Net operating loss carry-forwards

       5,693 

         13,225 

 

5,693 

13,225 

Valuation allowance

     (5,693)

       (13,225)

     

Net Deferred Taxes

$                     -

$                     -


Income taxes at Federal and state statutory rates are reconciled to the Company’s actual income taxes as follows:

 

September 30,

        2006       

June 30,

      2007     

Tax at federal statutory rate (15%)

$              (4,270)

$      (5,649)

State income tax (5%)

(1,423)

(1,883)

Book to tax differences

-

-

Change in valuation allowance

          5,693 

          7,532 

     
 

$                     -

$              -

NOTE 3.  STOCK OFFERING


The Company is currently planning a stock offering for up to 500,000 shares of its common stock. The offering will be conducted on a 200,000 share minimum, 500,000 share maximum, best efforts, and all-or-none basis at an offering price of $1.00 per share. Each investor must purchase a minimum of 500 shares, for a minimum investment of $500. The costs of this offering through June 30, 2007 amounted to $32,459. This amount will reduce the offering proceeds if the offering is successful, or will be deducted as part of operations if the offering is unsuccessful.



F-10







You should rely only on the information contained in this document or that we have referred you to.  We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different.  This Prospectus is not an offer to sell common stock and is not soliciting an offer to buy common stock in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.


B2 Health, Inc.


500,000 Shares of Common Stock


__________________, 2007

                                                                                                                                                                        

Until ______ 2007 (90 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the shares offered by this prospectus - whether or not participating in the offering - may be required to deliver a copy of this prospectus.  Dealers may also be required to deliver a copy of this prospectus when acting as underwriters and for their unsold allotments or subscriptions.  

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
 

Page

 

Prospectus Summary

1

 

Risk Factors

7

 

Use of Proceeds

19

 

Dividend Policy

21

____________________________

Capitalization

22

 

Dilution

23

Prospectus

Selected Financial Data

25

____________________________

Management Discussion

26

 

Business

29

 

Management

36

_______ ___, 2007

Certain Transactions

41

 

Principal Stockholders

42

 

Description of Securities

45

 

Legal Matters

47

 

Experts

47

 

Additional Information

47

 



48







Part II


INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


Item 24.     Indemnification of Directors and Officers


The only statute, charter provision, by-law, contract, or other arrangement under which any controlling person, director or officers of the Registrant is insured or indemnified in any manner against any liability which he may incur in his capacity as such, is as follows:


       a.       The Company's Certificate of Incorporation permit and its By-laws require the Company to indemnify officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Business Corporation Law (the “DBCA”).  The Company has also entered into agreements to indemnify its directors and executive officers to provide the maximum indemnification permitted by Delaware law.  These agreements, among other provisions, provide indemnification for certain expenses (including attorney fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in the right of the Company.


Article XIIII of the Company's By-laws permits the Company to indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agent to the maximum extent permitted by the DBCA.  Section 317 of the DBCA provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify and hold harmless a director, officer, employer, or agent of the corporation who is or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, against all expense, liability and loss actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such a proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interest of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful.  If it is determined that the conduct of such person meets these standards, such person may be indemnified for expenses incurred and amounts paid in such proceeding if actually and reasonably in connection therewith.


If such a proceeding is brought by or on behalf of the corporation (i.e., a derivative suit), such person may be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred if such person acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in the best interest of the corporation and its stockholders.  There can be no indemnification with respect to any matter as to which such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court shall deem proper.


Where any such person is successful in any such proceeding, such person is entitled to be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her.  In all other cases (unless order by a court), indemnification is made by the corporation upon determination by it that indemnification of such person is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard or conduct.


A corporation may advance expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking to repay any amount so advanced if it is ultimately determined that the person is not eligible for indemnification.



49








The indemnification rights provided in Section 317 of the DBCA are not exclusive of additional rights to indemnification for breach of duty to the corporation and its stockholders to the extent additional rights are authorized in the corporation s articles of incorporation and are not exclusive of any other rights to indemnification under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, with as to action in his or her office and as to action in another capacity which holding such office.


*     *     *


          b.      Article VII, Section 1 of Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation provide that the corporation may indemnify each director, officer, and any employee or agent of the corporation, his heirs, executors and administrators, against expenses reasonably incurred or any amounts paid by him in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which he may be made a party by reason of his being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation to the extent permitted by the law as recited above in subparagraph (a).


          c.      Article VII, Section 2 of Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation provides, in part:


          No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such a director as a director.  


          Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the GCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which such director derived an improper personal benefit.  No amendment to or repeal of this Section 2 of Article VII shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.


Item 25.     Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution


       The estimated expenses of the offering, all of which are to be borne by the Company, are as follows:


 

SEC Filing Fee

 

$        100

 

Printing Expenses

 

2,500

 

Accounting Fees and Expenses

 

10,000

 

Legal Fees and Expenses

 

32,400

 

Blue Sky Fees and Expenses

 

2,500

 

Registrar and Transfer Agent Fee

 

500

 

Miscellaneous

 

      2,000

 

Total

 

$ 50,000




50







Item 26.     Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities


          1.           In June 2006, we sold to three non-affiliated investors and two affiliated investors an aggregate of 250,000 shares of common stock in consideration of $2,500, consisting of $2,500 in cash. The investors were of Harlan B. Munn III, Glynn Hopkins II, John B. Quam, Stephen G. Calandrella, and John R. Overturf, Jr.  Each investor executed a subscription agreement attesting that he/she/it qualified as an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act, or had such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that their were capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment.  The securities, which were taken for investment purposes and were subject to appropriate transfer restrictions and restrictive legend, were issued without registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.


          2.           In June 2006, we also issued to one non-affiliated investor and one non-affiliated investor an aggregate of 250,000 shares for total consideration of $100,000. The investors were Stephen G. Calandrella, and John R. Overturf, Jr.  Each investor executed a subscription agreement attesting that he/she/it qualified as an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act, or had such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that their were capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment.  The securities, which were taken for investment purposes and were subject to appropriate transfer restrictions and restrictive legend, were issued without registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.


         3.           In April, 2007, we issued to our two directors, 2,500 shares each in consideration of services to the Company valued at $.0001 per share.  Each of the subscribers qualified as a “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act.  The securities, which were taken for investment purposes and were subject to appropriate transfer restrictions and restrictive legend, were issued without registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon the exemption set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.


Item 27.      Exhibits


      The following Exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K:


Number

Description

 

 

3.1

Certificate of Incorporation of B2 Health, Inc.

dated March 8, 2006

 

Filed herewith

3.2

By-Laws of B2 Health, Inc.

 

Filed herewith

5

Opinion re: Legality

 

Filed herewith

10.1

Equity Incentive Plan

 

Filed herewith

10.2

Manufacturing Agreement between Back 2 Health, Ltd.

and Technology Driven Products, Inc.,

dated February 20, 2007

 

Filed herewith

       



51









10.3

Nondisclosure Agreement between

Back 2 Health, Ltd. and

Precision Metal Manufacturing, Inc.

dated February 6, 2007.

 

Filed herewith

10.4

Redemption Agreement between B2 Health, Inc. and

Triumph Capital, Inc., dated September, 2006.

 

Filed herewith

10.5

Form of Subscription Agreement

 

Filed herewith

10.6

Credit Agreement dated April 3, 2007

 

Filed herewith

10.7

Fund Escrow Agreement

 

Filed herewith

10.8

General Security Agreement

 

Filed herewith

23.1

Consent of Clifford L. Neuman, PC

 

Consent included in Exhibit 5

23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accountants

 

Filed herewith



Item 28.     Undertakings


       The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) File, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:

(i)  Include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act");

(ii)  Reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which, individually or together, represent a fundamental change in the information in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of the securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of a prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement, and

(iii) Include any additional or changed material information on the plan of distribution.

(2) For determining liability under the Securities Act, treat each post-effective amendment as a new registration statement of the securities offered, and the offering of the securities at that time to be the initial bona fide offering.

(3) File a post-effective amendment to remove from registration any of the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.

(4) For determining liability of the undersigned small business issuer under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned small business issuer pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned



52







small business issuer will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)   Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned small business issuer relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii)  Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned small business issuer or used or referred to by the undersigned small business issuer;

(iii)  The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned small business issuer or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned small business issuer; and

(iv)  Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned small business issuer to the purchaser.

(2) The small business issuer hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(3)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

(4)  In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(5)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(i)  For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 4249b)(1) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(ii) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.





53









SIGNATURES


       In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form SB-2 and authorized this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, in the city of Colorado Springs, Colorado, on the10th day of September, 2007.


 

B2 HEALTH, INC. ,

 

a Delaware corporation

   
 

By:   /s/ John Quam_______________

 

      John Quam, President


     

  POWER OF ATTORNEY


       Each of the undersigned officers and directors of B2 Health, Inc., hereby constitutes and appoints John Quam, President and Director of the Company, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign his name to any and all amendments to this Registration Statement on Form SB-2, including post-effective amendments and other related documents, and to cause the same to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys, or either of them individually, full power and authority to do and perform any act and thing necessary and proper to be done in the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned could do if personally present, and the undersigned for himself hereby ratifies and confirms all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.


       In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities with B2 Health, Inc. and on the dates indicated.


Signature

Title

Date

     
     

/s/ John B. Quam_________

John B. Quam


President and Director


September 10, 2007

     
     

/s/ John Overturf, Jr.______

John Overturf, Jr.


Director


September 11, 2007

     





54




CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

B2 HEALTH, INC.



ARTICLE


NAME


The name of the Corporation is B2 Health, Inc.


ARTICLE


TERM OF EXISTENCE


    

The Corporation shall exist in perpetuity, from and after the date of filing this Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, unless sooner dissolved or disincorporated according to law.


ARTICLE


OBJECT, PURPOSES AND POWERS


    

Section 1.   General Objects and Purposes.  To engage in any lawful activity as may from time to time be authorized by the Corporation's Board of Directors, which is not prohibited by law or by these Articles of Incorporation.  To undertake such other activities as the Board of Directors may deem reasonable or necessary in the furtherance of the general or specific purposes and powers of the Corporation.


    

Section 2.   General Powers.  Further, the Corporation shall have and may exercise all the rights, powers and privileges now or hereafter conferred upon Corporations organized under the laws of the State of Delaware and in addition may do everything necessary, suitable, proper for, or incident to, the accomplishment of any of these corporate purposes.


ARTICLE


CAPITAL STOCK


    

Section 1 .  The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is fifty million (50,000,000) shares of common stock having a par value of $.0001 each, and ten million (10,000,000) shares of preferred stock having a par value of $.0001 each.  All or any part of the capital stock may be issued by the Corporation from time to time and for such consideration and on such terms as may be determined and fixed by the Board of Directors, without action of the stockholders, as provided by law, unless the Board of Directors deems it advisable to obtain the advice of



1



the stockholders.  Said stock may be issued for money, property, services or other lawful considerations, and when issued shall be issued as fully paid and non-assessable.  The private property of stock holders shall not be liable for Corporation debts.


Section 2.  The preferences and relative participating optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the common stock of the Corporation are as follows:


    

(a)

Dividends .  Dividends may be paid upon the common stock, as and when declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.


(b)

Payment on Liquidation .  Upon any liquidation, dissolution and termination of the Corporation, and after payment or setting aside of any amount sufficient to provide for payment in full of all debts and liabilities of, and other claims against the Corporation, the assets shall be distributed pro rata to the holders of the common stock.


(c)

Voting Rights .  At any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share outstanding in the name of such holder on the books of the Corporation on the date fixed for determination of voting rights.


(d)

Majority Vote .  The stockholders, by vote or concurrence of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote on the subject matter, may take any action which would otherwise require a two-thirds (2/3) vote under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


(e)

Cumulative Voting .  Cumulative voting shall not be allowed in the election of directors or for any other purpose.


(f)

Preemptive Rights .  Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, no stockholder of the Corporation shall have preemptive rights to subscribe for any additional shares of stock, or for other securities of any class, or for rights, warrants or options to purchase stock for the scrip, or for securities of any kind convertible into stock or carrying stock purchase warrants or privileges.


(g)

Restrictions on Sale or Disposition .  All lawful restrictions on the sale or other disposition of shares may be placed upon all or a portion or portions of the certificates evidencing the Corporation's shares.


Section 3 .  The Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by the DGCL and the provisions of this Certificate, to provide, by resolution or resolutions from time to time and by filing a certificate of designations pursuant to the DGCL, for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the powers, designations,



2



preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of the shares of each such series and to fix the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each such series shall include, but not be limited to, the determination or fixing of the following:

i.

The number of shares to constitute the series and the distinctive designation thereof;

ii.

The amount of rate of dividend on the shares of the series, whether dividends shall be cumulative, the times at and the terms and conditions upon which dividends shall be paid and any relative rights of priority of payment of dividends to the shares of the series in relation to dividends payable to any other class or series of stock of the Corporation;

iii.

Whether the shares of the series shall be redeemable and, if redeemable, the terms and conditions upon which the shares of the series may be redeemed, including the price at and the date or dates after which the shares may be redeemed and the relative rights of priority of redemption of the shares of the series in relation to the redemption of any other class or series of stock of the Corporation;

iv.

Whether the shares of the series shall be subject to the operation of a retirement or sinking fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of the shares for retirement and, if such retirement or sinking fund is established, the annual amount thereof and the terms and provisions relative to the operation thereof;

v.

Whether the shares of the series shall be convertible into shares of any class or classes or of any other series of the same class and, if convertible, the terms and conditions upon which the shares may be converted, including the conversion price or prices or the rate at which the conversion may be made and the method, if any, of adjusting the same;

vi.

The rights of the shares of the series in the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, including the amount payable upon the shares in such event, the terms and conditions of such payment and the relative rights of priority of payment of such shares in relation to the payment of any other class or series of stock of the Corporation;

vii.

The restrictions, if any, on the payment of dividends upon, and the making of distributions to, any class of stock ranking junior to the shares of the series, and the restrictions, if any, on the purchase or redemption of the shares of any such junior class;

viii.

Whether the shares of the series shall have voting rights in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights, including the number of votes per share, the matters on which the shares can vote and the contingency, if any, which makes the voting rights effective; and

ix.

Any other relative rights, preferences, and limitations of that series.



3




ARTICLE


REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT


    

The address of the initial registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1220 North Market Street, Suite # 804, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, County of New Castle.  The name of the initial registered agent at such address is American Incorporators, Ltd.


ARTICLE


DIRECTORS


     

Section 1.   The business and affairs of this Corporation and the management thereof shall be vested in a Board of Directors consisting of at least one (1) but not more than ten (10) members.Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.


    

Section 2 .  The number of directors may be increased or decreased from time to time, within the limits stated above, by action of the majority of the whole Board of Directors.


Section 3 .  The election of directors need not be by written ballot.


Section 4 .  The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.


ARTICLE


INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS


 

Section 1 .  The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law (as now or hereafter in effect) any person made, or threatened to be made, a defendant or witness to any action, suit or proceeding (whether civil or criminal or otherwise) by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or by reason of the fact that such director or officer, at the request of the Corporation, is or was serving any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or enterprise, in any capacity.  Nothing contained herein shall affect any rights to indemnification to which employees other than directors and officers may be entitled by law.  No amendment or repeal of this Section 1 of Article VII shall apply to or have any effect on any right to indemnification provided hereunder with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.


Section 2 .  No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such a director as a director.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be



4



liable to the extent provided by applicable law (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the GCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which such director derived an improper personal benefit.  No amendment to or repeal of this Section 2 of Article VII shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.


Section 3 .  In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute:


(a)

the Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify against such liability under the provisions of law; and


(b)

the Corporation may create a trust fund, grant a security interest and/or use other means (including, without limitation, letters of credit, surety bonds and/or other similar arrangements), as well as enter into contracts providing indemnification to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law and including as part thereof provisions with respect to any or all of the foregoing to ensure the payment of such amounts as may become necessary to effect indemnification as provided therein, or elsewhere.


ARTICLE


INCORPORATORS


    

The name and address of the incorporator is:


Clifford L. Neuman, Esq.

Clifford L. Neuman, P.C.

1507 Pine Street

Boulder, Colorado  80302


The powers of the incorporator shall terminate upon the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation.



5





    

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , I, the undersigned, being the Incorporator hereinabove named, hereby acknowledge that the foregoing Certificate of Incorporation is my act and deed, and do hereby further certify that the facts hereinabove stated are truly set forth, and accordingly I have hereunto set my hand this 7th day of March, 2006.




/s/ Clifford L. Neuman                      

Clifford L. Neuman


STATE OF COLORADO

)

) ss.

COUNTY OF BOULDER

)


    

I, Melissa A. Perry, a Notary Public, hereby certify that on the 7th day of March, 2006 personally appeared before me Clifford L. Neuman, Incorporator, who, being by me first duly sworn, severally declared that he was the person who signed the foregoing document and that the statements therein contained are true.


    

My commission expires:      03-17-09




/s/   Melissa A. Perry                          

Notary Public

[SEAL]





6


BY-LAWS OF


B2 HEALTH, INC.



ARTICLE I


Section 1.

The following paragraphs contain provisions for the regulation and management of B2 HEALTH, INC. , a Delaware corporation.


Section 2.

In the event that there is a conflict between a provision of these By-Laws and a mandatory provision of the Articles of Incorporation of this corporation, then said mandatory provision of the Articles of Incorporation of this corporation shall control.


ARTICLE II


Place of Business


Section 1.

The registered office of the corporation shall be 1220 North Market Street, Suite 804, Wilmington, Delaware  19801.  This designation shall be without prejudice to the power and right of the corporation to conduct and transact any of its affairs or business in other cities, states, territories, countries, or places.


Section 2.

The registered agent of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be American Incorporators Ltd.


Section 3.

The registered office and registered agent of the corporation may be changed from time to time in the manner prescribed by law without amending these By-Laws.


ARTICLE III


Officers


Section 1.

Number .  The officers of this corporation may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and such other officers, including one or more Vice Presidents, and, if desired, a Chief Executive Officer, as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this Article.  One person may hold any two of said offices, but no such officer shall execute, acknowledge, or verify any instrument in more than one capacity if such instrument is required by law or by these By-Laws or by a resolution of the Board of Directors to be executed, acknowledged or verified by any two or more officers.


Section 2.

Election, Term of Office and Qualifications .  The officers of this corporation shall be chosen annually by the Board of Directors.  Each officer, except such officer as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this Article, shall hold his office until his successors shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.


Section 3.

Subordinate Officers .  The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers to hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.  The Board of Directors may delegate to any officer the power to appoint any such subordinate officers.



1




Section 4.

Removal .  Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.  Such removal shall be by vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors at a regular meeting or a special meeting of the Board of Directors called for this purpose.


Section 5.

Resignations .  Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or Secretary of the corporation.  Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.


Section 6.

Chief Executive Officer .  The Chief Executive Officer shall be the principal executive officer of the corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the corporation.  He shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and all meetings of the Board of Directors; and shall have general supervision over the affairs of the corporation and over the other officers.


Section 7.

President .  The President shall be the chief operating officer of the corporation.  The President shall perform all duties incident to the office of the President; shall sign all stock certificates and written contracts of the corporation; and shall perform all such other duties as are assigned to him from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.


Section 8.

Vice President .  In the absence of the President or in the event of his death, inability or refusal to act, the Vice President shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to, all of the restrictions upon the President.  The Vice President shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors.


Section 9.

Secretary .  The secretary shall be sworn to the faithful discharge of his duty.  He shall:


a.

Keep the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors in books provided for that purpose;


b.

See that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws or as required by law;


c.

Be custodian of the records and of the seal of the corporation and see that such seal is affixed to all stock certificates prior to their issue and to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws.


d.

Have charge of the stock books of the corporation and keep or cause to be kept the stock and transfer books in such manner as to show at any time the amount of the stock of the corporation issued and outstanding, the manner in which and the time when such stock was paid for, the names, alphabetically arranged, and the addresses of the holders of record; and exhibit during the usual business hours of the corporation to any director, upon application, the original or duplicate stock ledger;


e.

Sign with the President, or a Vice President, certificates of stock of the corporation;


f.

See that the books, reports, statements, certificates, and all other documents and records of the corporation required by law are properly kept and filed;


g.

In general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as, from time to time, may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or by the President.


Section 10.

Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall:


a.

Have charge and custody of, and be responsible for, all funds and securities of the corporation;


b.

From time to time render a statement of the condition of the finances of the corporation at the request of the Board of Directors;


c.

Receive and give receipt for monies due and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever;


d.

In general, perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer, and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or by the President.


Section 11.

Salaries .  Salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he is also a Director of the corporation.


ARTICLE IV


Directors


Section 1.

General Powers .  The business and affairs of this corporation and the management thereof shall be vested in a Board of Directors consisting of not less than one (1) nor more than ten (10) members.


Section 2.

Number and qualification .  The number of directors of this corporation shall be not less than one (1) and not more than ten (10). The number of directors may be increased or decreased from time to time within the limits stated above by the action of the majority or the whole Board of Directors.  Directors shall be elected for a term of one (1) year and shall serve until the election and qualification of their successors, unless they sooner resign.  At the first annual meeting of the stockholders and at each annual meeting thereafter, the stockholders shall so elect directors to hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting.  The directors need not be residents of the State of Delaware or stockholders of the corporation.


Section 3.

Executive Committee .  The Board of Directors by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board may designate two or more of their number to constitute an executive committee, which shall have and exercise, subject to limitations, if any, as may be prescribed herein or by resolution of the Board of Directors, the powers of the Board of Directors and the management of the business and affairs of the corporation; provided such executive committee shall act only at such times as the Board of Directors is not in session and in no event to the exclusion of the Board of Directors at any time to act as a Board upon any business of the corporation.


Section 4.

Vacancy .  Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the President or to the Secretary of the corporation.  Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein; and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors maybe filled by the affirmative majority vote of the whole Board of Directors.  A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office.  A director chosen to fill a position resulting from a vacancy or an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders.


Section 5.

Removal .  Any director may be removed from office, either with or without cause, at any time, and another person may be elected to his place, to serve for the remainder of his term, at any special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose, by a majority of all of the shares of stock outstanding and entitled to vote.  In case any vacancy so created shall not be filled by the shareholders at such meeting, such vacancy may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors though less than a quorum.


Section 6.

Meetings .  The regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the annual shareholder's meeting.  The Board of Directors shall meet at such other time or times as they may from time to time determine.


Section 7.

Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the President or any two directors.  The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them.


Section 8.

Place of Meetings .  The Board of Directors may hold its meetings at such place or places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may from time to time determine, or, with respect to its meetings, as shall be specified or fixed in respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings.


Section 9.

Special Meetings:  Notice .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by the President or by two of the directors.  Notice of the time and place of holding said special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by either (i) registered mail, return receipt requested, deposited in the mail at least ten (10) days prior to the date of said special meeting, or (ii) guaranteed overnight delivery by a nationally-used courier service at least three (3) days prior to the date of said special meeting, or (iii) by telex or facsimile copy sent at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the time and date of such special meeting.  Attendance of a director at such special meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such special meeting, except where a director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transacting of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular meeting or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.


Section 10.

Presence of Meetings .  Members of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear one another.  Participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 10 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.


Section 11.

Quorum and Manner of Acting .  A majority of the members of the Board of Directors shall form a quorum for the transaction of business at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.  The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.  If the vote of a lesser number is required for a specific act by the Articles of Incorporation, or by another provision of these By-Laws, then that lesser number shall govern.  In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum be had.


Section 12.

Compensation .  By resolution of the Board of Directors, the directors may be paid their expenses, if any, for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.


Section 13.

Election of Officers .  At the first meeting of the Board of Directors after the annual election, the President, Vice President, and Secretary and Treasurer shall be elected to serve for the ensuing year and until the election of their respective successors, and an executive committee may be elected. Election shall be by ballot, and the majority of the votes cast shall be necessary to elect.  Any vacancies that occur may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired term.  An officer may be removed at any time by the majority vote of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of said Board of Directors at which a quorum is present.  The Board of Directors shall have the power to fill officer vacancies, create new officer positions, and adjust salaries of officers as said Board from time to time shall deem necessary, all in accordance with the Articles of Incorporation.


Section 14.

Reporting .  At each annual stockholder's meeting, the directors shall submit a statement of business done during the preceding year, together with a report of the general financial condition of the corporation, and of the condition of its tangible property.


ARTICLE V


Books and Records


Section 1.

The corporation shall keep either within or without the State of Delaware, complete books and records of account and shall keep minutes of the proceedings of its stock holders and the Board of Directors.


Section 2.

The corporation shall keep at its registered office or principal place of business, a record of its stock holders, giving the names and addresses of all of the stock holders and the number and class of the shares held by each.


Section 3.

The books, records of account, financial statements and other documents of the corporation shall be available to such persons who have been designated by law as having a right thereto, and said books, records of account, financial statements and documents shall be made available to such persons in the manner and in accordance with the procedures established by law.


ARTICLE VI


Stock


Section 1.

Authorization .  The authorized shares of stock of the corporation shall be as provided by the Articles of Incorporation.  


Section 2.

Certificate of Shares .  The shares of stock of the corporation shall be represented by certificates signed by the Chief Executive Officer, President or the Vice President and the Secretary or an assistant Secretary of the corporation, and may be sealed with the seal of the corporation or a facsimile thereof.  The signatures of the President or Vice President and the Secretary or Assistant Secretary upon a certificate may be facsimile if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, or registered by a registrar, other than the corporation itself or an employee of the corporation.  In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of its issue.


Section 3.

Issuance of Certificates .  Each certificate representing shares shall state upon the face of same that the corporation is organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, the name of the person to whom the certificate is issued, the number and class of shares, and the designation of the series, if any, which such certificate represents.  No certificate shall be issued for any shares until such shares are fully paid and when issued shall bear the notation that the certificate is issued as a fully paid and non-assessable certificate of stock.


Section 4.

Transfer of Shares .  Transfer of shares of the corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the corporation by the holder of record thereof or by his legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the secretary of the corporation, and on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such shares.  Upon surrender to the corporation or to a transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate of stock duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, and cancel the old certificate.  Every such transfer of shares shall be entered on the stock book of the corporation which shall be kept at its principal office, or by its registrar duly appointed.


Section 5.

Transfer Agent .  The secretary of the corporation shall act as transfer agent of the certificates representing the shares of the corporation.  The Secretary shall maintain a stock transfer book, the stubs in which shall set forth, among other things, the names and addresses of the holders of all issued shares of the corporation, the number of shares held by each, the certificate numbers representing such shares, the date of issue of the certificates representing such shares, and whether or not such shares originate from original issue or from transfer.  The names and addresses of the shareholders as they appear on the stubs of the stock transfer book shall be conclusive evidence as to who are the shareholders of record and as such entitled to receive notice of the meetings of shareholders; to vote at such meetings; to examine the list of the shareholders entitled to vote at meetings; to receive dividends; and to own, enjoy and exercise any other property rights deriving from such shares against the corporation.  Each shareholder shall be responsible for notifying the secretary in writing of any change in his name or address and failure so to do will relieve the corporation, its directors, officers and agents, from liability for failure to direct notices or other documents, or to pay over or transfer dividends or other property or rights, to a name and address other than the name and address appearing on the stub of the stock transfer book.

The Board of Directors may at its discretion, appoint instead of the secretary of the corporation, one or more transfer agents, registrars and agents outside the corporation for making payment upon any class of stock, bond, debenture, or other security of the corporation.  Such agents and registrars may be located either within or outside the State of Delaware.  They shall have such rights and duties and shall be entitled to such compensation as may be agreed.


Section 6.

Fractional Shares .  The corporation may, but shall not be obliged to, issue a certificate for a fractional share, and by action by its Board of Directors, may issue in lieu thereof scrip in register or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip aggregated to a full share.  The rights and obligations of persons holding said fractional shares or scrip shall be as are contained in any applicable provision of these By-Laws, Articles of Incorporation, or laws of the State of Delaware.


Section 7.

Treasury Shares .  Treasury shares of stock shall be held by the corporation subject to the disposal of the Board of Directors and shall neither vote nor participate in dividends.


Section 8.

Lien .  The corporation shall have a first lien on all shares of its stock and upon all dividends declared upon same for any indebtedness of the respective holders thereof of the corporation.


Section 9.

Lost Certificates .  In cases of loss or destruction of a certificate of stock, no new certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except upon satisfactory proof to the Board of Directors of such loss or destruction, and, at the election of a majority of the Board of Directors, upon giving satisfactory security by bond or otherwise, against loss to the corporation. Any such new certificate shall be plainly marked "Duplicate" on its face.


Section 10.

Consideration and Payment for Shares .  Shares having a par value shall be issued for such consideration, expressed in dollars but not less than the par value thereof, as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. Shares without par value shall be issued for such consideration expressed in dollars as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.  Treasury shares shall be disposed of for such consideration expressed in dollars as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.  Such consideration may consist, in whole or in part, of money, other property, tangible or intangible, or labor or services actually performed for the corporation, but neither promissory notes nor future services shall constitute payment or part payment for shares.


ARTICLE VII


Shareholders


Section 1.

Annual Meeting .  The regular meeting of the shareholders of the corporation shall be held at a time and place to be designated by the President, Vice President, or the Board of Directors, provided, however, that whenever such day shall fall upon a Sunday or a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day.  At the regular annual meeting of the shareholders, the directors for the ensuing year shall be elected.  The officers of the corporation shall present their annual reports and the Secretary shall have on file for inspection and reference, an authentic list of the stockholders, giving the amount of stock held by each as shown by the stock books of the corporation ten (10) days before the annual meeting.


Section 2.

Special Meeting .  Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time by the President, any member of the Board of Directors, or by the holders of not less than ten (10%) percent of all of the shares entitled to vote at said special meeting.  The Board of Directors may designate any place as the place for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the Board of Directors.  If a special meeting shall be called otherwise than by the Board of Directors, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the corporation.


Section 3.

Notice of Meetings .  Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting, and in case of special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than fifty (50) days before the date of the meeting, either personally, or by mail, by or at the discretion of the President, the Secretary, or the director or the person calling the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, except that if the authorized capital stock is to be increased, at least thirty (30) days notice shall be given.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the U.S. Mails and addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.


Section 4.

Closing Transfer Books .  For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shares for any other purpose, the Board of Directors may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for any stated period not exceeding fifty (50) days.  If the stock transfer books shall be closed for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, shall be closed for at least ten (10) days immediately preceding such meeting. In lieu of closing the stock transfer books, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of such shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than fifty (50) days and in the case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the day on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders.  When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such a determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.  The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of shareholders, a complete list of shareholders entitled to vote at any such meeting, or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each, which list for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the principal office of the corporation. The original stock transfer books shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.


Section 5.

Election of Directors .  At each annual meeting of the shareholders of the corporation, the directors shall be elected who shall serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified, unless they sooner resign.  Election of directors shall be by such of the shareholders as attend the annual meeting, either in person or by proxy, provided that if the majority of stock is not represented, said meeting may be adjourned by the shareholders present for a period not exceeding sixty (60) days at any one adjournment.  At each election of directors, cumulative voting shall not be allowed.  In the election of directors, that number of candidates equaling the number of directors to be elected, having the highest number of votes cast in favor of their election, are elected to the board of directors.


Section 6.

Quorum .  A majority of the outstanding stock exclusive of treasury stock, shall be necessary to constitute a quorum at meetings of the shareholders.  If a quorum is present at any meeting, a matter other than the election of directors shall be approved if the votes cast favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the action, unless a greater number is required by the Articles of Incorporation of the Company.  In the absence of a quorum, those present may adjourn the meeting from day to day but not exceeding sixty (60) days.


Section 7.

Proxies .  Any shareholder entitled to vote may be represented at any regular or special meeting of the shareholders by a duly executed proxy.


ARTICLE VIII


Waiver of Notice


Section 1.

Directors and Officers .  Unless otherwise provided by law, whenever any notice is required to be given to any director or officer of the corporation under the provisions of these By-Laws or under the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.


Section 2.

Shareholders .  No notice of the time, place or purpose of any annual, regular, or special meeting of the shareholders need be given if all shareholders of record on the date said meeting is held waive such notice in writing either before or after the regular, or special meeting of the shareholders, such meeting shall be deemed to have been legally and duly called, noticed, held, and conducted.



ARTICLE IX


Action Without a Meeting


Section 1.

Any action required by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Articles of Incorporation, or by these By-Laws, to be taken at a meeting of the directors or stockholders of this corporation, or any action which may be taken at a meeting of the directors or stockholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all the directors or stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.  Such consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the directors or stockholders, and may be stated as such in any Articles or documents filed with the Secretary of State under the law of the State of Delaware.


ARTICLE X


Contract, Loans, Checks and Deposits


Section 1.

Contracts .  The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.


Section 2.

Loans .  No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors.  Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.


Section 3.

Checks, Drafts, Etc .  All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.


Section 4.

Deposits .  All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select.


ARTICLE XI


Execution of Instruments


Section 1.

Execution of Instruments .  The President shall have power to execute on behalf and in the name of the corporation any deed, contract, bond, debenture, note or other obligations or evidences or indebtedness, or proxy, or other instrument requiring the signature of an officer of the corporation, except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.  Unless so authorized, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation in any way, to pledge its credit or to render it liable pecuniarily for any purpose or in any amount.


Section 2.

Checks and Endorsements .  All checks and drafts upon the funds to the credit of the corporation in any of its depositories shall be signed by such of its officers or agents as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors which may provide for the use of facsimile signatures under specified conditions, and all notes, bills receivable, trade acceptances, drafts, and other evidences of indebtedness payable to the corporation shall, for the purposes of deposit, discount or collection, be endorsed by such officers or agents of the corporation or in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.


ARTICLE XII


Loans to Directors and Officers


Loans to employees or officers of the corporation, guarantees of their obligations or other similar assistance to these employees or officers (except those employees or officers who are directors of the corporation), shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation only upon the specific authorization of the Board of Directors of the corporation.  Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, loans to directors, guarantees of their obligations, or other similar assistance to the directors shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation only upon the specific authorization of the Board of Directors and the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of the corporation which are entitled to vote for directors.  No such loans or guarantees shall be secured by the shares of this corporation.


ARTICLE XIII


Indemnification of Officers and Directors


Section 1.  As used in this Article:


a.

"Corporation" includes any domestic or foreign predecessor entity of the corporation in a merger, consolidation, or other transaction in which the predecessor's existence ceased upon consummation of the transaction.


b.

"Director" means an individual who is or was a director of a corporation and an individual who, while a director of a corporation is or was serving at the corporation's request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation or of any partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise, or employee benefit plan. A director shall be considered to be serving an employee benefit plan at the corporation's request if his duties to the corporation also impose duties on or otherwise involve services by him to the plan or to participants in or beneficiaries of the plan.


c.

"Expenses" includes attorney fees.


d.

"Liability" means the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine (including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan), or reasonable expense incurred with respect to a proceeding.


e.

"Official capacity", when used with respect to a director, means the office of director in the corporation, and, when used with respect to an individual other than a director, means the office in the corporation held by the officer or the employment or agency relationship undertaken by the employee or agent on behalf of the corporation.  "Official capacity" does not include service for any other foreign or domestic corporation or for any partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise, or employee benefit plan.


f.

"Party" includes an individual who was, is, or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding.


g.

"Proceeding" means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative and whether formal or informal.


Section 2.


a.

Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this Section 2, the corporation may indemnify against liability incurred in any proceeding an individual made a party to the proceeding because he is or was a director if:


(I)

He conducted himself in good faith;


(II)

He reasonably believed:


A.

In the case of conduct in his official capacity with the corporation, that his conduct was in the corporation's best interests; or


B.

In all other cases, that his conduct was at least not opposed to the corporation's best interests; and


(III)

In the case of any criminal proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.


b.

A director's conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose he reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants in or beneficiaries of the plan is conduct that satisfies the requirements of sub-subparagraph (b) of subparagraph (II) of paragraph (a) of this Section 2.  A director's conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose that he did not reasonably believe to be in the interests of the participants in or beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed not to satisfy the requirements of subparagraph (I) of paragraph (a) of this Section 2.


c.

The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, is not of itself determinative that the individual did not meet the standard of conduct set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 2.


d.

The corporation may not indemnify a director under this Section 2 either:


(I)

In connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation in which the director was adjudged liable to the corporation; or


(II)

In connection with any proceeding charging improper personal benefit to the director, whether or not involving action in his official capacity, in which he was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received by him.


e.

Indemnification permitted under this Section 2 in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation is limited to reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the proceeding.


Section 3. The corporation shall be required to indemnify a person who is or was a director of the corporation and who was wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any proceeding to which he was a party, against reasonable expenses incurred by him in connection with the proceeding.


Section 4.  A director who is or was a party to a proceeding may apply for indemnification to the court conducting the proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction. On receipt of an application, the court, after giving any notice the court considers necessary, may order indemnification in the following manner:


a.

If it determines the director is entitled to mandatory indemnification under subsection (3) of this section, the court shall order indemnification in which case the court shall also order the corporation to pay the director's reasonable expenses incurred to obtain court-ordered indemnification.


b.

If it determines that the director is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not he met the standard of conduct set forth in paragraph (a) of Section 2 of this Article or was adjudged liable in the circumstances described in paragraph (d) of Section 2 of this Article, the court may order such indemnification as the court deems proper; except that the indemnification with respect to any proceeding in which liability shall have been adjudged in the circumstances described in paragraph (d) of Section 2 of this Article is limited to reason able expenses incurred.


Section 5.  The corporation may not indemnify a director under Section 2 of this Article unless authorized in the specific case after a determination has been made that indemnification of the director is permissible in the circumstances because he has met the standard of conduct set forth in paragraph (a) of said subsection.


b.

The determination required to be made by paragraph (a) of this Section 5 shall be made:


(I)

By the board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum, which quorum shall consist of directors not parties to the proceeding; or


(II)

If a quorum cannot be obtained, by a majority vote of a committee of the board designated by the board, which committee shall consist of two or more directors not parties to the proceeding; except that directors who are parties to the proceeding may participate in the designation of directors for the committee.


c.

If the quorum cannot be obtained or the committee cannot be established under paragraph (b) of this Section 5, or even if a quorum is obtained or a committee designated if such quorum or committee so directs, the determination required to be made by paragraph (a) of this Section 5 shall be made:


(I)

By independent legal counsel selected by a vote of the board of directors or the committee in the manner specified in subparagraph (I) or (II) of paragraph (b) of this Section 5 or, if a quorum of the full board cannot be obtained and a committee cannot be established, by independent legal counsel selected by a majority vote of the full board; or


(II)

By the shareholders.


d.

Authorization of indemnification and evaluation as to reasonableness of expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible; except that, if the determination that indemnification is permissible is made by independent legal counsel, authorization of indemnification and evaluation as to reasonableness of expenses shall be made by the body that selected said counsel


Section 6.  The corporation may pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by a director who is a party to a proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding if:


a.

The director furnishes the corporation a written affirmation of his good-faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct described in subparagraph (I) of paragraph (a) of Section 2 of this Article;


b.

The director furnishes the corporation a written undertaking, executed personally or on his behalf, to repay the advance if it is determined that he did not meet such standard of conduct; and


c.

A determination is made that the facts then known to those making the determination would not preclude indemnification under this Section 6.


d.

The undertaking required by paragraph b. of this Section 6 shall be an unlimited general obligation of the director, but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment.


Section 7.


a.

An officer of the corporation who is not a director is entitled to mandatory indemnification pursuant to Section 3 of this Article and is entitled to apply for court-ordered indemnification pursuant to Section 4 of this Article in each case to the same extent as a director;


b.

The corporation may indemnify and advance expenses pursuant to Section 6 of this Article to an officer, employee, or agent of the corporation who is not a director to the same extent as a director; and


c.

The corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to an officer, employee, or agent of the corporation who is not a director to a greater extent if consistent with law and if provided for by resolution of its shareholders or directors, or in a contract.


Section 8.  The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of an individual who is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of the corporation and who, while a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of the corporation is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, fiduciary, or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation or of any partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise, or employee benefit plan against any liability asserted against or incurred by him in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article.


Section 9.  Any indemnification of or advance of expenses to a director in accordance with this Article, if arising out of a proceeding by or on behalf of the corporation, shall be reported in writing to the shareholders with or before the notice of the next shareholders' meeting.


ARTICLE XIV


Miscellaneous


Section 1.

Corporate Seal .  The Board of Directors shall provide a corporate seal which shall be circular in form and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the state of incorporation, and the words "Corporate Seal".


Section 2.

Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the corporation shall be as established by the Board of Directors.


Section 3.

Amendments .  Subject to repeal or change by action of the shareholders, the Board of Directors shall have the power to alter, amend, or repeal the by-laws of the corporation and to make and adopt new by-laws at any regular meeting of the Board or at any special meeting called for that purpose.


Section 4.

Dividends .  The Board of Directors may, from time to time, declare, and the corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and its Articles of Incorporation.


ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS this 27 th day of March, 2006.


DIRECTORS:



/s/ John Quam                          

John Quam


/s/ John Overturf, Jr.           

John Overturf, Jr.



2


CLIFFORD L. NEUMAN, P.C.
Attorney at Law


TEMPLE-BOWRON HOUSE
1507 PINE STREET
BOULDER, COLORADO 80302

Telephone: (303) 449-2100
Facsimile: (303) 449-1045
E-mail: clneuman@neuman.com


September 11, 2007


B2 Health, Inc.

7750 N. Union Blvd. # 201

Colorado Springs, CO  80920


             Re:        Registration Statement on Form SB-2


Sir or Madam:


       We have acted as legal counsel for B2 Health, Inc. (the "Company") in connection with the Company's Registration Statement on Form SB-2 identified above (the "Registration Statement") filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Prospectus included as a part of the Registration Statement (the "Prospectus"), relating to the sale of 500,000 shares of Common Stock by the Company (the "Common Stock").  The Common Stock will be offered and sold as in the manner set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus.  


       In connection with the following opinion, we have examined and have relied upon such documents, records, certificates, statements and instruments as we have deemed necessary and appropriate to render the opinion herein set forth.


       Based upon the foregoing, it is our opinion that the Shares, when issued and sold pursuant to and  in a manner consistent with the description contained in The Offering included in the Prospectus and upon receipt of all applicable consideration for such Shares, as applicable, will be legally issued, fully paid and nonassessable.


       In rendering this opinion we have considered an opined upon the Delaware Constitution, all applicable provisions of Delaware statutory law and reported judicial decisions interpreting those laws.  We assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion letter should the laws of such jurisdiction be changed after the date hereof by legislative action, judicial decision or otherwise.


       The undersigned hereby consents to the filing this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 and to the use of its name in the Registration Statement.


 

Sincerely,

   
 

CLIFFORD L. NEUMAN, P.C.

   
 

/s/ Clifford L. Neuman

   
 

Clifford L. Neuman


CLN:map



B2 HEALTH, INC.
2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Section 1. Purpose; Definitions

        The purpose of the Plan is to give the Company a competitive advantage in attracting, retaining and motivating officers, employees, directors and/or consultants and to provide the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates with a stock plan providing incentives directly linked to the profitability of the Company's businesses and increases in Company shareholder value.

        For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the respective meanings indicated:

        (a)   " Affiliate " means a corporation or other entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.

        (b)   " Award " means a Stock Option, Restricted Stock, Performance Unit, or other stock-based award granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

        (c)   " Award Agreement " means any written or electronic agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing the grant of an Award, which may, but is not required to be, signed by a Participant.

        (d)   " Award Cycle " means a period of consecutive fiscal years or portions thereof designated by the Plan Administrator over which Performance Units are to be earned.

        (e)   " Board " means the Board of Directors of the Company

        (f)    " Cause " means, unless otherwise provided by the Plan Administrator in an Award Agreement, (i) "Cause" as defined in any Individual Agreement to which the Participant is a party, or (ii) if there is no such Individual Agreement or if it does not define Cause: (A) conviction of the Participant for committing a felony under federal law or the law of the state in which such action occurred, (B) fraud or dishonesty against the Company or in the course of fulfilling the Participant's employment duties, (C) willful and deliberate failure on the part of the Participant to perform his or her employment or service-provider duties in any material respect, (D) illegal drug use or alcohol abuse on Company premises or at a Company sponsored event, (E) conduct by the Participant which in the good faith and reasonable determination of the Plan Administrator demonstrates gross unfitness to serve, (F) intentional, material violation by the Participant of any contract between the employee and the Company or of any statutory duty of the Participant to the Company, or (G) prior to a Change in Control, such other events as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall, unless otherwise provided in an Individual Agreement with the Participant, have the sole discretion to determine whether "Cause" exists, and its determination shall be final. The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Company to discharge or dismiss the Participant for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of the Plan, to constitute grounds for termination for Cause.

        (g)   " Change in Control " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(b).

        (h)   " Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

        (i)    " Commission " means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.



1



        (j)    " Common Stock " means common stock, no par value, of the Company.

        (k)   " Company " means B2 Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

        (l)    " Covered Employee " means a Participant designated prior to the grant of Restricted Stock or Performance Units by the Plan Administrator who is or may be a "covered employee" within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code in the year in such Award is expected to be taxable to such Participant.

        (m)  " Disability " means, unless otherwise provided by the Plan Administrator, (i) "Disability" as defined in any Individual Agreement to which the Participant is a party, or (ii) if there is no such Individual Agreement or it does not define "Disability," (y) if applicable, permanent and total disability as determined under any Long Term Disability Plan maintained by the Company and applicable to the Participant, or otherwise (z) the inability of the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which is expected to result in death or has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of twelve (12) months or more and shall be determined by the Plan Administrator on the basis of such medical evidence as the Plan Administrator deems warranted under the circumstances.

        (n)   " Effective Date " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.

        (o)   " Eligible Individual " mean any director, officer, employee and consultant (including advisors) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and prospective employees and consultants who have accepted offers of employment or consultancy from the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, whom the Plan Administrator determines to be an Eligible Individual.

        (p)   " Exchange Act " means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

        (q)   " Fair Market Value " of a share of Common Stock means, except as otherwise provided by the Plan Administrator, as of any given date, the average of the highest and lowest per-share sales prices for a share of Common Stock during normal business hours on the Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, as appropriate (or such other national securities market or exchange as may at the time be the principal market for the Common Stock) or, in the absence of such markets, as determined in good faith by the Plan Administrator.

        (r)   " Incentive Stock Option " means any Stock Option designated as, and qualified as, an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

        (s)   " Individual Agreement " means an employment, consulting or similar written agreement between a Participant and the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

        (t)    " NonQualified Stock Option " means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

        (u)   " Option Price " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(d).

        (v)   " Outside Director " means a director who qualifies as an "independent director" within the meaning of Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 4200(a)(15), as an "outside director" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, and as a "non-employee director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.



2



        (w)  " Participant " means an Eligible Individual to whom an Award is or has been made in accordance with and pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, and if permitted in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan, such other person who holds outstanding Award.

        (x)   " Performance Goals " means the performance goals established by the Plan Administrator in connection with the grant of an Award. In the case of Qualified Performance-Based Awards, (i) such goals shall be based on the attainment of specified levels of one or more of the following measures with respect to the Company or such subsidiary, division or department of the Company for or within which the Participant performs services: market share; sales; asset quality; non-performing assets; revenue growth; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization; earnings before interest and taxes; operating income; pre- or after-tax income; earnings per share; cash flow; cash flow per share; return on equity; return on invested capital; return on assets; return on operating assets; economic value added (or an equivalent metric); share price performance; total shareholder return; improvement in or attainment of expense levels or cost savings; or improvement in or attainment of working capital levels and (ii) such Performance Goals shall be set by the Plan Administrator within the time period prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code and related regulations. Such Performance Goals also may be based upon the attaining of specified levels of Company performance under one or more of the measures described above relative to the performance of other corporations.

        (y)   " Permitted Transferee " means, in the case of a Participant, (i) such Participant's children or family members, whether directly or indirectly or by means of a trust or partnership or otherwise or (ii) any transferee of all or a portion of such Participant's Award pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined in the Code or Title 1 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. For purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, " family member " shall have the meaning given to such term in General Instructions A.1(a)(5) to Form S-8 under the Securities Act, or any successor thereto.

        (z)   " Performance Units " means an Award granted under Section 7.

        (aa) " Plan " means this B2 Health, Inc., 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as set forth herein and as hereinafter amended from time to time.

        (bb) " Plan Administrator " means the Plan Administrator referred to in Section 2(a).

        (cc) " Qualified Performance-Based Award " means an Award of Restricted Stock or Performance Units designated as such by the Plan Administrator at the time of grant, based upon a determination that (i) the recipient is or may be a "covered employee" within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code in the year in which the Company would expect to be able to claim a tax deduction with respect to such Restricted Stock or Performance Units and (ii) the Plan Administrator wishes such Award to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption.

        (dd) " Restricted Stock " means an Award granted under Section 6.

        (ee) " Retirement " means retirement from active employment with the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate at or after age 65.

        (ff)  " Rule 16b-3 " means Rule 16b-3, as promulgated by the Commission under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time.

        (gg) " Section 162(m) Exemption " means the exemption from the limitation on deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code that is set forth in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.



3



        (hh) " Securities Act " means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

        (ii)   " Stock Option " means an Award granted under Section 5.

        (jj)   " Subsidiary " means any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity during any period in which at least a 50% voting or profits interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any successor to the Company.

        (kk) " Termination of Employment " means the termination of the Participant's employment with, or performance of services for, the Company and any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders services to the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as a director, officer, employee or consultant or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant's service with the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, shall not constitute a Termination of Employment. For example, a change in status from an employee of the Company to a consultant to a Subsidiary or Affiliate shall not constitute a Termination of Employment. A Participant employed by, or performing services for, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate shall be deemed to incur a Termination of Employment if the Subsidiary or Affiliate ceases to be such a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, as the case may be, and the Participant does not immediately thereafter become an employee of, or service-provider for, the Company or another Subsidiary or Affiliate. The Plan Administrator or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party's sole discretion, may determine whether a Termination of Employment shall be considered to have occurred (and whether vesting in any outstanding Awards shall continue or be suspended) in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave.

Section 2. Administration

        (a)   The Plan shall be administered by (i) the Board or (ii) one or more committees of the Board to whom the Board has delegated all or part of its authority under the Plan (the " Plan Administrator "). If administration is delegated to a committee, the committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the committee is authorized to exercise (and references in the Plan to the Plan Administrator shall thereafter be to the subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may abolish any committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan. Any committee under clause (ii) hereof which makes grants to "officers" of the Company (as that term is defined in Rule 16a-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act) or which makes Awards that are intended to be Qualified Performance-Based Awards shall be composed solely of two or more Outside Directors. For purposes of the preceding provisions, if one or more members of the committee is not an Outside Director, but recuses himself or herself or abstains from voting with respect to a particular action taken by the committee, then the committee, with respect to the action, will be deemed to consist only of the members of the committee who have not recused themselves or abstained from voting.

        (b)   The Plan Administrator shall have plenary authority to grant Awards pursuant to the terms of the Plan to Participants.

        (c)   Among other things, the Plan Administrator shall have the authority, subject to the terms of the Plan:

        (i)    To select the Participants to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

        (ii)   To determine whether and to what extent any type of Award is to be granted hereunder;



4



        (iii)  To determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

        (iv)  To determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted hereunder (including, but not limited to, the Option Price (subject to Section 5(a)), any vesting condition, restriction or limitation (which may be related to the performance of the Participant, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate) and any vesting acceleration or forfeiture waiver regarding any Award and the shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based on such factors as the Plan Administrator shall determine);

        (v)   Subject to the terms of the Plan, including without limitation Section 11, to modify, amend or adjust the terms and conditions of any Award, at any time or from time to time, including but not limited to Performance Goals; provided, however, that the Plan Administrator may not adjust upwards the amount payable to a Covered Employee with respect to a Qualified Performance-Based Award or waive or alter the Performance Goals associated therewith in a manner that would violate Section 162(m) of the Code;

        (vi)  To determine to what extent and under what circumstances Common Stock and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred;

        (vii) To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (1) the reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding Award under the Plan, (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Award under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Award under the Plan with a lower Option Price covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) the right to acquire restricted stock, and/or (C) cash, or (3) any other action that is treated as a " repricing " under generally accepted accounting principles; and

        (viii) To determine under what circumstances an Award may be settled in cash or Common Stock under Section 5(l) and Section 7(b)(iii).

        (d)   The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall from time to time deem advisable, to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any agreement relating thereto) and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

        (e)   The Plan Administrator may act only by a majority of its members then in office. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules of a stock exchange on which the Company's shares are traded, the Plan Administrator may (i) allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and (ii) delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it, provided that no such delegation may be made that would cause Awards or other transactions under the Plan to cease to be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or cause an Award designated as a Qualified Performance-Based Award not to qualify for, or to cease to qualify for, the Section 162(m) Exemption. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Plan Administrator at any time.

        (f)    Any determination made by the Plan Administrator with respect to any Award shall be made in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator at the time of the grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan, at any time thereafter. All decisions made by the Plan Administrator or any appropriately delegated officer pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Company, its Affiliates, Subsidiaries, shareholders and Participants.



5



        (g)   Any authority granted to the Plan Administrator may also be exercised by the full Board, except to the extent that the grant or exercise of such authority would cause any Award or transaction to become subject to (or lose an exemption under) the short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act or cause an Award designated as a Qualified Performance-Based Award not to qualify for, or to cease to qualify for, the Section 162(m) Exemption. To the extent that any permitted action taken by the Board conflicts with action taken by the Plan Administrator, the Board action shall control.

        (h)   To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify each member of the Board who acts as a member of the Plan Administrator, as well as any other employee of the Company with duties under the Plan, against expenses and liabilities (including any amount paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by the individual in connection with any claims against the individual by reason of the performance of the individual's duties under the Plan, unless the losses are due to the individual's gross negligence or lack of good faith. The Company will have the right to select counsel and to control the prosecution or defense of the suit. In the event that more than one person who is entitled to indemnification is subject to the same claim, all such persons shall be represented by a single counsel, unless such counsel advises the Company in writing that he or she cannot represent all such persons under applicable rules of professional responsibility. The Company will not be required to indemnify any person for any amount incurred through any settlement unless the Company consents in writing to the settlement.

Section 3. Common Stock Subject to Plan

        (a)   The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be delivered to Participants and their beneficiaries under the Plan shall be 100,000. Shares subject to an Award under the Plan may be authorized and unissued shares or may be treasury shares. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Options intended to be Incentive Stock Options shall be 100,000 shares.

        (b)   For purposes of this Section 3, if an Award entitles the holder thereof to receive or purchase shares, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by such Award or to which such Award relates shall be counted on the date of grant of such Award against the aggregate number of shares available for granting Awards under the Plan. If any Award is forfeited, or if any Stock Option terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, shares of Common Stock subject to such Awards shall again be available for distribution in connection with Awards under the Plan. If the Option Price of any Stock Option is satisfied by delivering shares of Common Stock to the Company (by either actual delivery or by attestation), only the number of shares of Common Stock delivered to the Participant net of the shares of Common Stock delivered to the Company or attested to shall be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the maximum numbers of shares of Common Stock available for delivery under the Plan. To the extent any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award are not delivered to a Participant because such shares are used to satisfy an applicable tax-withholding obligation, such shares shall not be deemed to have been delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for delivery under the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock issued to a Participant pursuant to an Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of or in connection with the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, the shares of Common Stock forfeited or repurchased under such Award shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.

        (c)   In the event of any change in corporate capitalization (including, but not limited to, a change in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding), such as a stock split or a corporate transaction, such as any merger, consolidation, separation, including a spin-off, or other distribution of stock or property of the Company (including any extraordinary cash or stock dividend), any reorganization (whether or not such reorganization comes within the definition of such term in Section 368 of the Code) or any partial or complete liquidation of the Company, the Plan Administrator or Board may make such substitution or adjustments in the aggregate number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, and the maximum limitation upon Stock Options and other Awards to be granted to any Participant, in the number, kind and Option Price of shares subject to outstanding Stock Options, in the number and kind of shares subject to other outstanding Awards granted under the Plan and/or such other equitable substitution or



6



adjustments as it may determine to be appropriate in its sole discretion (including, without limitation, an amount in cash therefor); provided, however, that the number of shares subject to any Award shall always be a whole number.

        (d)   No fractional shares may be issued under the Plan. Cash shall be paid in lieu of any fractional share in settlement of an Award.

Section 4. Eligibility

        Awards may be granted under the Plan to Eligible Individuals; provided, however, that a consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of an Award of a Stock Option or Restricted Stock if, at the time of grant, a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act (" Form S-8 ") is not available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company's securities to such consultant because of the nature of the services that the consultant is providing to the Company, because the consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other rule governing the use of Form S-8, unless the Plan Administrator determines both (i) that such grant (A) shall be registered in another manner under the Securities Act ( e.g ., on a Form S-3 Registration Statement) or (B) does not require registration under the Securities Act in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act, if applicable, and (ii) that such grant complies with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

Section 5. Stock Options

        (a)   Stock Options may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan and may be of two types: Incentive Stock Options and NonQualified Stock Options. Any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Plan Administrator may from time to time approve.

        (b)   The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to grant any Participant Incentive Stock Options, NonQualified Stock Options or both types of Stock Options; provided, however, that grants hereunder are subject to the limits on grants set forth in Section 3. To the extent that any Stock Option is not designated as an Incentive Stock Option or even if so designated does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option on or subsequent to its grant date, it shall constitute a NonQualified Stock Option.

        (c)   Stock Options shall be evidenced by Award Agreements, the terms and provisions of which may differ. An Award Agreement shall indicate on its face whether it is intended to be an agreement for an Incentive Stock Option or a NonQualified Stock Option. The grant of a Stock Option shall occur on the date the Plan Administrator by resolution selects a Participant to receive a grant of a Stock Option, determines the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Option to be granted to such Participant and specifies the terms and provisions of the Stock Option. The Company shall notify a Participant of any grant of a Stock Option, and such Award shall be confirmed by, and subject to the terms of, an Award Agreement.

        (d)   Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator shall deem desirable:

          (i)   Option Price . The Plan Administrator shall determine the option price per share of Common Stock purchasable under a Stock Option (the "Option Price"). The Option Price per share of Common Stock subject to a Stock Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to such Stock Option on the date of grant.

         (ii)   Option Term . The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator, but no Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the Stock Option is granted.



7



        (iii)   Exercisability . Except as otherwise provided herein, Stock Options shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator. If the Plan Administrator provides that any Stock Option is subject to vesting conditions, restrictions or limitations and therefore exercisable only in installments, the Plan Administrator may at any time waive such installment exercise provisions, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Plan Administrator may determine. An Award Agreement may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Participant may elect at any time before the Participant's Termination of Employment to exercise the Stock Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Option prior to the full vesting of the Stock Option. Any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Plan Administrator determines to be appropriate. The Company will not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Stock Option unless the Plan Administrator otherwise specifically provides in the Stock Option.

        (iv)   Method of Exercise . Subject to the provisions of this Section 5, Stock Options may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time during the option term by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Option to be purchased. Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Price by certified or bank check or such other instrument as the Company may accept. If approved by the Plan Administrator, payment, in full or in part, may also be made in the form of unrestricted Common Stock (by delivery of such shares or by attestation) already owned by the Participant of the same class as the Common Stock subject to the Stock Option (based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the Stock Option is exercised); provided, that such already owned shares have been held by the Participant for at least six months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) at the time of exercise or had been purchased on the open market; and provided, further, that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the right to make a payment in the form of already owned shares of Common Stock of the same class as the Common Stock subject to the Stock Option may be authorized only at the time the Stock Option is granted. If approved by the Plan Administrator, to the extent permitted by applicable law, payment in full or in part may also be made by delivering a properly executed exercise notice to the Company, together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds necessary to pay the Option Price, and, if requested, the amount of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes. To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms. No shares of Common Stock shall be delivered until full payment therefor has been made. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5 below, a Participant shall have all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company holding the class or series of Common Stock that is subject to such Stock Option (including, if applicable, the right to vote the shares and the right to receive dividends), when the Participant has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full for such shares and, if requested by the Company, has given the representation described in Section 12(f).

         (v)   Special Rules Applicable to Incentive Stock Options . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following terms shall be applicable to all Incentive Stock Options.

        (a)  Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries or parent corporation (within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code).

        (b)  The aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) for which one or more options granted to any employee under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Company or any subsidiaries or parent corporation) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Stock Options during any one (1) calendar year shall not exceed the sum of One Hundred Thousand



8



Dollars ($100,000). To the extent an employee holds two (2) or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Stock Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted. Any Stock Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit shall be treated as NonQualified Stock Options, notwithstanding any other provision of an Award Agreement, but only to the extent of such excess.

        (c)  If any employee to whom an Incentive Stock Option is granted is the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any subsidiary or parent corporation (within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code)), then the option term shall not exceed five (5) years measured from the option grant date and the Option Price shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of Common Stock on the option grant date.

        (d)  If an Incentive Stock Option is exercised after the post-termination exercise periods that apply for purposes of Section 422 of the Code, such Stock Option will thereafter be treated as a NonQualified Stock Option.

        (e)    Nontransferability of Stock Options . No Stock Option shall be transferable by the Participant other than (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or any other testamentary distribution; or (ii) in the case of a NonQualified Stock Option, unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, to a Permitted Transferee. All Stock Options shall be exercisable, subject to the terms of this Plan, only by the Participant, the guardian or legal representative of the Participant, or any person to whom such option is transferred pursuant to this paragraph, it being understood that the term "holder" and "Participant" include such guardian, legal representative and other transferee; provided, however, that Termination of Employment shall continue to refer to the Termination of Employment of the original Participant and provided further that any Award held by transferee shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions that were applicable to that Award immediately before the transfer to the transferee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of death of the Participant, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Participant's Stock Options.

        (f)     Termination by Death . Unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator at the time of grant, if a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment by reason of death, any Stock Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised, to the extent then exercisable, or on such accelerated basis as the Plan Administrator may determine, until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option.

        (g)    Termination by Reason of Disability . Unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator at the time of grant or, if a longer period of exercise is desired, thereafter, if a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment by reason of Disability, any Stock Option held by such Participant (or the appointed fiduciary of such Participant) may thereafter be exercised by the Participant (or the appointed fiduciary of such Participant), to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Plan Administrator may determine, for a period of one year from the date of such Termination of Employment or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is shorter; provided, however, that if the Participant dies within such period, any unexercised Stock Option held by such Participant shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to



9



which it was exercisable at the time of death until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option.

        (h)    Termination by Reason of Retirement . Unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator at the time of grant or, if a longer period of exercise is desired, thereafter, if a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment by reason of Retirement, any Stock Option held by such Participant may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such Retirement, or on such accelerated basis as the Plan Administrator may determine, for a period of one year from the date of such Termination of Employment or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is shorter; provided, however, that if the Participant dies within such period any unexercised Stock Option held by such Participant shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option.

        (i)     Other Termination . Unless otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator at the time of grant or, if a longer period of exercise is desired, thereafter: (A) if a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment for Cause, all Stock Options held by such Participant shall thereupon terminate; and (B) if a Participant incurs a Termination of Employment for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement or for Cause, any Stock Option held by such Participant, to extent it was then exercisable at the time of termination, or on such accelerated basis as the Plan Administrator may determine, may be exercised for a period of three months from the date of such Termination of Employment or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is shorter; provided, however, that if the Participant dies within such three-month period, any unexercised Stock Option held by such Participant shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such three-month period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option.

        (j)     Extension of Termination Date . An Award Agreement may also provide that if the exercise of any Stock Option following the termination of the Participant's Termination of Employment (other than upon the Participant's death) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Stock Option held by such Participant may be exercised, in lieu of the periods specified in Section 5(f) through 5(i), during the three (3) month period after the Participant's Termination of Employment in which the exercise of the Stock Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is shorter.

        (k)    Change of Control Termination . A Stock Option held by any Participant whose has not suffered a Termination of Employment prior to the effective time of a Change in Control may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after such event as may be provided in the Award Agreement for such Stock Option or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration shall occur.

        (l)     Cashing Out of Stock Option . On receipt of written notice of exercise, the Plan Administrator may elect to cash out all or part of the portion of the shares of Common Stock for which a Stock Option is being exercised by paying the Participant an amount, in cash or Common Stock, equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Common



10



Stock over the Option Price times the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Option is being exercised on the effective date of such cash-out.

Section 6. Restricted Stock

        (a)    Administration . Shares of Restricted Stock may be awarded either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall determine the Participants to whom and the time or times at which grants of Restricted Stock will be awarded, the number of shares to be awarded to any Participant, the conditions for vesting, the time or times within which such Awards may be subject to forfeiture and any other terms and conditions of the Awards, in addition to those contained in Section 6(c).

        (b)    Awards and Certificates . Shares of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced in such manner as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration or issuance of one or more stock certificates. Any certificate issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of such Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award, substantially in the following form:

"The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of the B2 Health, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and an Award Agreement. Copies of such Plan and Agreement are on file at the offices of B2 Health, Inc."

The Plan Administrator may require that the certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and that, as a condition of any Award of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have delivered a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Common Stock covered by such Award.

        (c)    Terms and Conditions . Shares of Restricted Stock shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

          (i)  The Plan Administrator may, prior to or at the time of grant, designate an Award of Restricted Stock as a Qualified Performance-Based Award, in which event it shall condition the grant or vesting, as applicable, of such Restricted Stock upon the attainment of Performance Goals. If the Plan Administrator does not designate an Award of Restricted Stock as a Qualified Performance-Based Award, it may also condition the grant or vesting thereof upon the attainment of Performance Goals. Regardless of whether an Award of Restricted Stock is a Qualified Performance-Based Award, the Plan Administrator may also condition the grant or vesting thereof upon the continued service of the Participant. The conditions for grant or vesting and the other provisions of Restricted Stock Awards (including without limitation any applicable Performance Goals) need not be the same with respect to each recipient. The Plan Administrator may at any time, in its sole discretion, accelerate or waive, in whole or in part, any of the foregoing restrictions; provided, however, that in the case of Restricted Stock that is a Qualified Performance-Based Award, the applicable Performance Goals have been satisfied.

         (ii)  Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement referred to in Section 6(c)(vi), during the period, if any, set by the Plan Administrator, commencing with the date of such Award for which such Participant's continued service is required (the " Restriction Period "), and until the later of (A) the expiration of the Restriction Period and (B) the date the applicable Performance Goals (if any) are satisfied, the Participant shall not be permitted to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber shares of Restricted Stock; provided that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the foregoing shall not prevent a Participant from pledging Restricted Stock as security for a loan, the sole purpose of which is to provide funds to pay the Option Price for Stock Options.



11



        (iii)  Except as provided in this paragraph (iii) and Section 6(c)(i) and 7(c)(ii) and the Award Agreement, the Participant shall have, with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company holding the class or series of Common Stock that is the subject of the Restricted Stock, including, if applicable, the right to vote the shares and the right to receive any cash dividends. If so determined by the Plan Administrator in the applicable Award Agreement and subject to Section 15(h) of the Plan, (A) cash dividends on the class or series of Common Stock that is the subject of the Restricted Stock Award shall be automatically deferred and reinvested in additional Restricted Stock, held subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock, or held subject to meeting Performance Goals, and (B) dividends payable in Common Stock shall be paid in the form of Restricted Stock of the same class as the Common Stock with which such dividend was paid, held subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock, or held subject to meeting Performance Goals.

        (iv)  Except to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or Section 6(c)(i), 7(c)(ii), 7(c)(v) or 11(a), upon a Participant's Termination of Employment for any reason during the Restriction Period or before the applicable Performance Goals are satisfied, all shares still subject to restriction shall be forfeited by the Participant; provided, however, that the Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to waive, in whole or in part, any or all remaining restrictions (other than, in the case of Restricted Stock with respect to which a Participant is a Covered Employee, satisfaction of the applicable Performance Goals unless the Participant's employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability by the Company without Cause) with respect to any or all of such Participant's shares of Restricted Stock.

         (v)  If and when any applicable Performance Goals are satisfied and the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock, unlegended certificates for such shares shall be delivered to the Participant upon surrender of the legended certificates.

        (vi)  Each Award shall be confirmed by, and be subject to, the terms of an Award Agreement.

Section 7. Performance Units

        (a)    Administration . Performance Units may be awarded either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall determine the Participants to whom and the time or times at which Performance Units shall be awarded, the number of Performance Units to be awarded to any Participant), the duration of the Award Cycle and any other terms and conditions of the Award, in addition to those contained in Section 7(b).

        (b)    Terms and Conditions . Performance Units Awards shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

          (i)  The Plan Administrator may, prior to or at the time of the grant, designate Performance Units as Qualified Performance-Based Awards, in which event it shall condition the settlement thereof upon the attainment of Performance Goals. If the Plan Administrator does not designate Performance Units as Qualified Performance-Based Awards, it may also condition the settlement thereof upon the attainment of Performance Goals. Regardless of whether Performance Units are Qualified Performance-Based Awards, the Plan Administrator may also condition the settlement thereof upon the continued service of the Participant. The provisions of such Awards (including without limitation any applicable Performance Goals) need not be the same with respect to each recipient. Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement referred to in Section 7(b)(iv), Performance Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered during the Award Cycle. No more than 25,000 shares of Common Stock may be subject to Qualified Performance Based Awards granted to any Eligible Individual in any fiscal year of the Company.



12



         (ii)  Except to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or Section 7(b)(ii) or Section 9(a), upon a Participant's Termination of Employment for any reason during the Award Cycle or before any applicable Performance Goals are satisfied, all rights to receive cash or stock in settlement of the Performance Units shall be forfeited by the Participant; provided, however, that the Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to waive, in whole or in part, any or all remaining payment limitations (other than, in the case of Performance Units that are Qualified Performance-Based Awards, satisfaction of the applicable Performance Goals unless the Participant's employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability by the Company without Cause) with respect to any or all of such Participant's Performance Units.

        (iii)  At the expiration of the Award Cycle, the Plan Administrator shall evaluate the Company's performance in light of any Performance Goals for such Award, and shall determine the number of Performance Units granted to the Participant which have been earned, and the Plan Administrator shall then cause to be delivered (A) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Performance Units determined by the Plan Administrator to have been earned, or (B) cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such number of shares of Common Stock to the Participant, as the Plan Administrator shall elect.

        (iv)  Each Award shall be confirmed by, and be subject to, the terms of an Award Agreement.

Section 8. Other Stock-Based Awards

        Other Awards of Common Stock and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based upon, Common Stock, including (without limitation) dividend equivalents and convertible debentures, may be granted either alone or in conjunction with other Awards granted under the Plan.

Section 9. Change in Control Provisions

        (a)    Impact of Event . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, unless otherwise provided by the Plan Administrator in any Award Agreement, in the event of a Change in Control:

          (i)  Any Stock Options outstanding as of the date of such Change in Control, and which are not then exercisable and vested, shall become fully exercisable and vested.

         (ii)  The restrictions applicable to any Restricted Stock shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall become free of all restrictions and become fully vested.

        (iii)  All Performance Awards shall be considered to be earned and payable in full, and any restriction shall lapse and such Performance Awards shall be settled in cash or Shares, as determined by the Plan Administrator, as promptly as is practicable.

        (iv)  All restrictions on other Awards shall lapse and such Awards shall become free of all restrictions and become fully vested.

        (b)    Definition of Change in Control . For purposes of the Plan, a " Change in Control " shall mean the happening of any of the following events:

          (i)  An acquisition by any individual, entity or "group" (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a " Person ") of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 33 1 / 3 % or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the " Outstanding Company



13



Common Stock ") or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the " Outstanding Company Voting Securities "); excluding, however, the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company, (2) any acquisition by the Company, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company, (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (1), (2) and (3) of subsection (iii) of this Section 9(b), or (5) any Change in Control triggered solely because the percentage of Outstanding Company Common Stock or Outstanding Company Voting Securities held by any Person (the " Subject Person ") exceeds the designated percentage threshold thereof as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur; or

         (ii)  A change in the composition of the Board such that the individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the " Incumbent Board ") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, for purposes of this Section 9(b)(ii), that any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those individuals who are members of the Board and who were also members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided, further, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or

        (iii)  Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (" Corporate Transaction "); excluding, however, such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (2) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 33 1 / 3 % or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (3) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or



14



        (iv)  The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company shall otherwise occur.

        The term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of the Plan, the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an Award Agreement between the Company or any Subsidiary and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement (it being understood, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an Award Agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply).

Section 10. Forfeiture of Awards

        Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administrator shall have the authority under the Plan to provide in any Award Agreement that in the event of serious misconduct by a Participant (including, without limitation, any misconduct prejudicial to or in conflict with the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any Termination of Employment for Cause), or any activity of a Participant in competition with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, any outstanding Award granted to such Participant shall be cancelled, in whole or in part, whether or not vested or deferred. The determination of whether a Participant has engaged in a serious breach of conduct or any activity in competition with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall be determined by the Plan Administrator in good faith and in its sole discretion.

Section 11. Term, Amendment and Termination

        The Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. Under the Plan, Awards outstanding as of such date shall not be affected or impaired by the termination of the Plan.

        The Board may amend, alter, or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration or discontinuation shall be made which would impair the rights of a Participant under a Stock Option, Restricted Stock Award, Performance Unit Award or other Award theretofore granted without the Participant's or recipient's consent, except such an amendment made to comply with applicable law, stock exchange rules or accounting rules. In addition, no such amendment shall be made without the approval of the Company's shareholders to the extent such approval is required by applicable law or stock exchange rules.

        The Plan Administrator may amend the terms of any Stock Option or other Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment shall cause a Qualified Performance-Based Award to cease to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption or impair the rights of any holder without the holder's consent except such an amendment made to cause the Plan or Award to comply with applicable law, stock exchange rules or accounting rules.

        Subject to the above provisions, the Board shall have authority to amend the Plan to take into account changes in law and tax and accounting rules as well as other developments, and to grant Awards which qualify for beneficial treatment under such rules without shareholder approval.



15



Section 12. Unfunded Status of Plan

        It is presently intended that the Plan constitute an "unfunded" plan for incentive and deferred compensation. The Plan Administrator may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver Common Stock or make payments; provided, however, that unless the Plan Administrator otherwise determines, the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the "unfunded" status of the Plan.

Section 13. General Provisions

        (a)    Availability of Shares . During the terms of any Awards under the Plan, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Awards.

        (b)    Securities Law Compliance . The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Award. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or agreements made pursuant thereto, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

          (i)  Listing or approval for listing upon notice of issuance, of such shares on NASDAQ, or such other securities exchange as may at the time be the principal market for the Common Stock;

         (ii)  Any registration or other qualification of such shares of the Company under any state or federal law or regulation, or the maintaining in effect of any such registration or other qualification which the Plan Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion upon the advice of counsel, deem necessary or advisable; and

        (iii)  Obtaining any other consent, approval, or permit from any state or federal governmental agency which the Plan Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion after receiving the advice of counsel, determine to be necessary or advisable.

        (c)    Investment Assurances . The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of acquiring Common Stock under any Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant's knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Award for the Participant's own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (1) the issuance of the shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (2) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

        (d)    Section 16 Compliance; Section 162(m) Administration . The Plan is intended to comply in all respects with Rule 16b-3 or any successor provision, as in effect from time to time, and in all events the Plan shall be construed in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3. If any Plan provision does not



16



comply with Rule 16b-3 as hereafter amended or interpreted, the provision shall be deemed inoperative. The Board, in its absolute discretion, may bifurcate the Plan so as to restrict, limit or condition the use of any provision of the Plan with respect to persons who are officers or directors subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act without so restricting, limiting or conditioning the Plan with respect to other Eligible Individuals. The Company intends that all Stock Options granted under the Plan to individuals who are or who the Plan Administrator believes will be Covered Employees will constitute "qualified performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

        (e)    No Limit of Other Arrangements . Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements for its employees.

        (f)     No Contract of Employment . The Plan shall not constitute a contract of employment, and adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate the employment of any employee at any time.

        (g)    Tax Withholding . No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of the Participant for federal income tax purposes with respect to any Award under the Plan, the Participant shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. Unless otherwise determined by the Company, withholding obligations may be settled with Common Stock, including Common Stock that is part of the Award that gives rise to the withholding requirement; provided, that not more than the legally required minimum withholding may be settled with Common Stock. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the Company and its Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the Participant. The Plan Administrator may establish such procedures as it deems appropriate, including making irrevocable elections, for the settlement of withholding obligations with Common Stock.

        (h)    Dividends . Reinvestment of dividends in additional Restricted Stock at the time of any dividend payment shall only be permissible if sufficient shares of Common Stock are available under Section 3 for such reinvestment (taking into account then outstanding Stock Options and other Awards).

        (i)     Death Beneficiary . The Plan Administrator shall establish such procedures as it deems appropriate for a Participant to designate a beneficiary to whom any amounts payable in the event of the Participant's death are to be paid or by whom any rights of the Participant, after the Participant's death, may be exercised.

        (j)     Subsidiary Employees . In the case of a grant of an Award to any employee of a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company may, if the Plan Administrator so directs, issue or transfer the shares of Common Stock, if any, covered by the Award to the Subsidiary, for such lawful consideration as the Plan Administrator may specify, upon the condition or understanding that the Subsidiary will transfer the shares of Common Stock to the employee in accordance with the terms of the Award specified by the Plan Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. All shares of Common Stock underlying Awards that are forfeited or canceled should revert to the Company.

        (k)    Use of Proceeds From Stock . Proceeds from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

        (l)     Governing Law . The Plan and all Awards made and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.



17



        (m)   Nontransferability . Except as otherwise provided hereunder or by the Plan Administrator, Awards under the Plan are not transferable except by will or by laws of descent and distribution.

        (n)    Application to Participants Outside of the United States . In the event an Award is granted to Participant who is employed or providing services outside the United States and who is not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States, the Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, modify the provisions of the Plan as they pertain to such individual to comply with applicable foreign law.

Section 14. Effective Date of Plan

        The Plan shall be effective as of the date that it is approved by the shareholders of the Company (the " Effective Date ").



18



 

Exhibit 10.3

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

        Notice is hereby given of the following option grant (the "Option") to purchase shares of the Common Stock of B2 Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"):

  

Optionee:

  

____________________________________________________


  

Grant Date:

  

____________________________________________


  

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

_______________________


  

Exercise Price:

  

$                                       per share


  

Number of Option Shares:

  

$                           shares of Common Stock


  

Expiration Date:

  

_____________________


  

Type of Option:

  

_______

  

Incentive Stock Option


  


  

_______

  

Non-Statutory Stock Option


Date Exercisable:

  

Immediately Exercisable


Vesting Schedule:


  


________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

        For purposes of the Option, the term "Service" shall mean the provision of services to the Company (or any Subsidiary or Affiliate) by a person in the capacity of an employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the Option Agreement.

        Optionee understands and agrees that the Option is granted subject to and in accordance with the terms of the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). Optionee further agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan and the terms of the Option as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Option Agreement").

        Optionee understands that any Option Shares purchased under the Option will be subject to the terms set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B (the "Purchase Agreement"). Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

          REPURCHASE RIGHTS . OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREES THAT ALL OPTION SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THE OPTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS AND RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL EXERCISABLE BY THE



19



COMPANY AND ITS ASSIGNS. THE TERMS OF SUCH RIGHTS ARE SPECIFIED IN THE ATTACHED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

        At Will Employment.     Nothing in this Notice or in the attached Stock Option Agreement or Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee's Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

        Definitions.     All capitalized terms in this Notice shall have the meaning assigned to them in this Notice or in the attached Stock Option Agreement.

DATED:                           , 2006.


  


  


COMPANY:


  

 

B2 Health, Inc.


  


  


By:


  


___________________________________


  


  


Title:


  


___________________________________



  


  


OPTIONEE:


  


  


Signature:


  


________________________________



  


  


Printed Name:


  


___________________________



  


  


Address:


  


_________________________________


  


  


  


  

____________________________

Attachments : Exhibit A—Stock Option Agreement , Exhibit B—Stock Purchase Agreement

Exhibit C—2006 Equity Incentive Plan



20





EXHIBIT A
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
Filed as Exhibit 10.6


EXHIBIT B
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Filed as Exhibit 10.5


EXHIBIT C
2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Filed as Exhibit 10.2





21





Exhibit 10.4

NON-EXEMPT EMPLOYEE
UNDER FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT


B2 HEALTH, INC.
NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

        Notice is hereby given of the following option grant (the "Option") to purchase shares of the Common Stock of B2 Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"):

  

Optionee:

  

______________________________________________


  

Grant Date:

  

_________________________


  

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

____________________


  

Exercise Price:

  

$                                       per share


  

Number of Option Shares:

  

$                           shares of Common Stock


  

Expiration Date:

  

________________


  

Type of Option:

  

______

  

Incentive Stock Option


  


  


_______


  


Non-Statutory Stock Option

        Date Exercisable:     The Option shall become exercisable for all the Option Shares upon the Optionee's completion of six (6) months of Service measured from the Grant Date.


Vesting Schedule:


  


______________________________________________________________


___________________________________________________________________________________

        For purposes of the Option, the term "Service" shall mean the provision of services to the Company (or any Subsidiary or Affiliate) by a person in the capacity of an employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the Option Agreement.

        Optionee understands and agrees that the Option is granted subject to and in accordance with the terms of the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). Optionee further agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan



22



and the terms of the Option as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Option Agreement").

        Optionee understands that any Option Shares purchased under the Option will be subject to the terms set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B (the "Purchase Agreement"). Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

          REPURCHASE RIGHTS . OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREES THAT ALL OPTION SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THE OPTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS AND RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL EXERCISABLE BY THE COMPANY AND ITS ASSIGNS. THE TERMS OF SUCH RIGHTS ARE SPECIFIED IN THE ATTACHED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

        At Will Employment.     Nothing in this Notice or in the attached Stock Option Agreement or Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee's Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

        Definitions.     All capitalized terms in this Notice shall have the meaning assigned to them in this Notice or in the attached Stock Option Agreement.

DATED:                           , 20      


  


  


COMPANY:


  


  

B2 HEALTH, INC.


  


  


By:


  


______________________________


  


  


Title:


  


______________________________



  


  


OPTIONEE:


  


  


Signature:


  


___________________________


  


  


Printed Name:


  


___________________________


  


  


Address:


  


_________________________________




23





EXHIBIT A
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Filed as Exhibit 10.6


EXHIBIT B
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Filed as Exhibit 10.5


EXHIBIT C
2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Filed as Exhibit 10.2





24



Exhibit 10.5

B2 HEALTH, INC.

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

        This Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Agreement") is made and entered into this  ______ day of ________________, 2006, by and between B2 Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and               ("Optionee").

RECITALS

        A.    The Board has adopted the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan") pursuant to which Optionee has been granted an option to acquire shares of Common Stock as specified in a Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the "Grant Notice").

        B.    Optionee desires to exercise his or her option to purchase some or all of the option shares (as specified in the Grant Notice).

        C.    Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the respective meanings specified in the Plan and the Grant Notice.

ARTICLE I
EXERCISE OF OPTION

        Section 1.1     Exercise.     Optionee hereby purchases  _________ shares of Common Stock (the "Purchased Shares") pursuant to that certain option (the "Option") granted Optionee on ________________, 2006 (the "Grant Date") to purchase up to  ______________ shares of Common Stock (the "Option Shares") under the Plan at the exercise price of $ _________ per share (the "Exercise Price").

        Section 1.2     Payment.     Concurrently with the delivery of this Agreement to the Company, Optionee shall pay the Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option Agreement attached as Exhibit A to the Grant Notice (the "Option Agreement") and shall deliver whatever additional documents may be required by the Option Agreement as a condition for exercise, together with a duly-executed blank Assignment Separate from Certificate (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I ) with respect to the Purchased Shares.

        Section 1.3     Stockholder Rights.     Until such time as the Company exercises the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right, Optionee (or any successor in interest) shall have all the rights of a stockholder (including voting, dividend and liquidation rights) with respect to the Purchased Shares, subject, however, to the transfer restrictions of Articles II and III.

ARTICLE II
SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE

        Section 2.1     Restricted Securities.     The Purchased Shares have not been registered under the 1933 Act and are being issued to Optionee in reliance upon the exemption from such registration provided by SEC Rule 701 for stock issuances under compensatory benefit plans such as the Plan. Optionee hereby confirms that Optionee has been informed that the Purchased Shares are restricted securities under the 1933 Act and may not be resold or transferred unless the Purchased Shares are first registered under the Federal securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available. Accordingly, Optionee hereby acknowledges that Optionee is acquiring the Purchased Shares for investment purposes only and not with a



25



view to resale and is prepared to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and that Optionee is aware that SEC Rule 144 issued under the 1933 Act which exempts certain resales of unrestricted securities is not presently available to exempt the resale of the Purchased Shares from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act.

        Section 2.2     Restrictions on Disposition of Purchased Shares.     Optionee shall make no disposition of the Purchased Shares (other than a Permitted Transfer) unless and until there is compliance with all of the following requirements:

        (a)   Optionee shall have provided the Company with a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition.

        (b)   Optionee shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Purchased Shares.

        (c)   Optionee shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that (a) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Purchased Shares under the 1933 Act or (b) all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the 1933 Act or any exemption from registration available under the 1933 Act (including Rule 144) has been taken.

        The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Purchased Shares which have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as the owner of the Purchased Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom the Purchased Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

        For purposes of this Agreement "Permitted Transfer" shall mean (i) a gratuitous transfer of the Purchased Shares, provided and only if Optionee obtains the Company's prior written consent to such transfer, (ii) a transfer of title to the Purchased Shares effected pursuant to Optionee's will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee's death or (iii) a transfer to the Company in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by Optionee in connection with the acquisition of the Purchased Shares.

        Section 2.3     Restrictive Legends.     The stock certificates for the Purchased Shares shall be endorsed with one or more of the following restrictive legends:

        "The shares represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. The shares may not be sold or offered for sale in the absence of (a) an effective registration statement for the shares under such Act, (b) a "no action" letter of the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such sale or offer or (c) satisfactory assurances to the Company that registration under such Act is not required with respect to such sale or offer."

        "The shares represented by this certificate are subject to certain repurchase rights and rights of first refusal granted to the Company and accordingly may not be sold, assigned, transferred, encumbered, or in any manner disposed of except in conformity with the terms of a written agreement dated  _____________, 2006 between the Company and the registered holder of the shares (or the predecessor in interest to the shares). A copy of such agreement is maintained at the Company's principal corporate offices."




26



ARTICLE III
TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

        Section 3.1     Restriction on Transfer.     Except for any Permitted Transfer, Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Purchased Shares which are subject to the Repurchase Right (as defined below). In addition, Purchased Shares which are released from the Repurchase Right shall not be transferred, assigned, encumbered or otherwise disposed of in contravention of the First Refusal Right (as defined below) or the Market Stand-Off (as defined below).

        Section 3.2     Transferee Obligations.     Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Purchased Shares are transferred by means of a Permitted Transfer must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred shares are subject to (i) the Repurchase Right, (ii) the First Refusal Right and (iii) the Market Stand-Off, to the same extent such shares would be so subject if retained by Optionee.

        Section 3.3     Market Stand-Off.      

        (a)   In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the 1933 Act, including the Company's initial public offering, Optionee and all subsequent holders of the Purchased Shares who derive their chain of ownership through a Permitted Transfer from Optionee (collectively, "Owner") shall not sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Purchased Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters. Such restriction (the "Market Stand-Off") shall be in effect for such period of time from and after the effective date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters. In no event, however, shall such period exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, and the Market Stand-Off shall in no event be applicable to any underwritten public offering effected more than two (2) years after the effective date of the Company's initial public offering.

        (b)   Owner shall be subject to the Market Stand-Off provided and only if the officers and directors of the Company are also subject to similar restrictions.

        (c)   Any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of any Recapitalization or Reorganization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the Market Stand-Off, to the same extent the Purchased Shares are at such time covered by such provisions.

        (d)   In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Purchased Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period.

ARTICLE IV
REPURCHASE RIGHT

        Section 4.1     Grant.     The Company is hereby granted the right (the "Repurchase Right"), exercisable at any time during the sixty (60)-day period following the date Optionee ceases for any reason to remain in Service or (if later) during the sixty (60)-day period following the execution date of this Agreement, to repurchase at the lower of (i) the per share Exercise Price or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date of Optionee's cessation of Service (the amount determined pursuant to clause (i) or (ii), as applicable, being referred to herein as the "Repurchase Price") any or all of the Purchased Shares in which Optionee is not, at the time of his or her cessation of Service, vested in accordance with the vesting schedule specified in the Grant Notice (the "Vesting Schedule") applicable to



27



those shares or the special vesting acceleration provisions of Section 4.6 of this Agreement (such shares to be hereinafter referred to as the "Unvested Shares").

        Section 4.2     Exercise of the Repurchase Right.     The Repurchase Right shall be exercisable by written notice delivered to each Owner of the Unvested Shares prior to the expiration of the sixty (60)-day exercise period. The notice shall indicate the number of Unvested Shares to be repurchased, the Repurchase Price to be paid per share and the date on which the repurchase is to be effected, such date to be not more than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice. The certificates representing the Unvested Shares to be repurchased shall be delivered to the Company on the closing date specified for the repurchase. Concurrently with the receipt of such stock certificates, the Company shall pay to Owner, in cash or cash equivalents (including the cancellation of any purchase-money indebtedness), an amount equal to the Repurchase Price for the Unvested Shares which are to be repurchased from Owner.

        Section 4.3     Termination of the Repurchase Right.     The Repurchase Right shall terminate with respect to any Unvested Shares for which it is not timely exercised under Section 4.2. In addition, the Repurchase Right shall terminate and cease to be exercisable with respect to any and all Purchased Shares in which Optionee vests in accordance with the Vesting Schedule. All Purchased Shares as to which the Repurchase Right lapses shall, however, remain subject to (i) the First Refusal Right and (ii) the Market Stand-Off.

        Section 4.4     Aggregate Vesting Limitation.     If the Option is exercised in more than one increment so that Optionee is a party to one or more other Stock Purchase Agreements (the "Prior Purchase Agreements") which are executed prior to the date of this Agreement, then the total number of Purchased Shares as to which Optionee shall be deemed to have a fully-vested interest under this Agreement and all Prior Purchase Agreements shall not exceed in the aggregate the number of Purchased Shares in which Optionee would otherwise at the time be vested, in accordance with the Vesting Schedule, had all the Purchased Shares (including those acquired under the Prior Purchase Agreements) been acquired exclusively under this Agreement.

        Section 4.5     Recapitalization.     Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including cash paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the Repurchase Right and any escrow requirements hereunder, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right or escrow requirements. Appropriate adjustments to reflect such distribution shall be made to the number and/or class of Purchased Shares subject to this Agreement and to the Repurchase Price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Repurchase Right in order to reflect the effect of any such Recapitalization upon the Company's capital structure; provided, however, that the aggregate Repurchase Price shall remain the same.

        Section 4.6     Change in Control.     The Repurchase Right shall automatically terminate in its entirety, and all the Purchased Shares shall vest in full, immediately prior to the consummation of any Change in Control.

ARTICLE V
RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

        Section 5.1     Grant.     The Company is hereby granted the right of first refusal (the "First Refusal Right"), exercisable in connection with any proposed transfer of the Purchased Shares in which Optionee has vested in accordance with the provisions of Article IV. For purposes of this Article V the term "transfer" shall include any sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of the Purchased Shares intended to be made by Owner, but shall not include any Permitted Transfer.

        Section 5.2     Notice of Intended Disposition.     In the event any Owner of Purchased Shares in which Optionee has vested desires to accept a bona fide third-party offer for the transfer of any or all of such



28



shares (the Purchased Shares subject to such offer to be hereinafter referred to as the "Target Shares"), Owner shall promptly (i) deliver to the Company written notice (the "Disposition Notice") of the terms of the offer, including the purchase price and the identity of the third-party offeror, and (ii) provide satisfactory proof that the disposition of the Target Shares to such third-party offeror would not be in contravention of the provisions set forth in Articles II and III.

        Section 5.3     Exercise of the First Refusal Right.     The Company shall, for a period of twenty-five (25) days following receipt of the Disposition Notice, have the right to repurchase any or all of the Target Shares subject to the Disposition Notice upon the same terms as those specified therein or upon such other terms (not materially different from those specified in the Disposition Notice) to which Owner consents. Such right shall be exercisable by delivery of written notice (the "Exercise Notice") to Owner prior to the expiration of the twenty-five (25)-day exercise period. If such right is exercised with respect to all the Target Shares, then the Company shall effect the repurchase of such shares, including payment of the purchase price, not more than five (5) business days after delivery of the Exercise Notice; and at such time the certificates representing the Target Shares shall be delivered to the Company.

        Should the purchase price specified in the Disposition Notice be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Company shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such property. If Owner and the Company cannot agree on such cash value within ten (10) days after the Company's receipt of the Disposition Notice, the valuation shall be made by an appraiser of recognized standing selected by Owner and the Company or, if they cannot agree on an appraiser within twenty (20) days after the Company's receipt of the Disposition Notice, each shall select an appraiser of recognized standing and the two (2) appraisers shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such value. The cost of such appraisal shall be shared equally by Owner and the Company. The closing shall then be held on the later of (i) the fifth (5th) business day following delivery of the Exercise Notice or (ii) the fifth (5th) business day after such valuation shall have been made.

        Section 5.4     Non-Exercise of the First Refusal Right.     In the event the Exercise Notice is not given to Owner prior to the expiration of the twenty-five (25)-day exercise period, Owner shall have a period of thirty (30) days thereafter in which to sell or otherwise dispose of the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice upon terms (including the purchase price) no more favorable to such third-party offeror than those specified in the Disposition Notice; provided, however, that any such sale or disposition must not be effected in contravention of the provisions of Articles II and III. The third-party offeror shall acquire the Target Shares subject to the First Refusal Right and the provisions and restrictions of Article II and Section 3.3, and any subsequent disposition of the acquired shares must be effected in compliance with the terms and conditions of such First Refusal Right and the provisions and restrictions of Article II and Section 3.3. In the event Owner does not effect such sale or disposition of the Target Shares within the specified thirty (30)-day period, the First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the Target Shares by Owner until such right lapses.

        Section 5.5     Partial Exercise of the First Refusal Right.     In the event the Company makes a timely exercise of the First Refusal Right with respect to a portion, but not all, of the Target Shares specified in the Disposition Notice, Owner shall have the option, exercisable by written notice to the Company delivered within five (5) business days after Owner's receipt of the Exercise Notice, to effect the sale of the Target Shares pursuant to either of the following alternatives:

        (a)   sale or other disposition of all the Target Shares to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice, but in full compliance with the requirements of Section 5.4, as if the Company did not exercise the First Refusal Right; or

        (b)   sale to the Company of the portion of the Target Shares which the Company has elected to purchase, such sale to be effected in substantial conformity with the provisions of Section 5.3. The First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the remaining Target Shares until such right lapses.



29



        Owner's failure to deliver timely notification to the Company shall be deemed to be an election by Owner to sell the Target Shares pursuant to alternative (i) above.

        Section 5.6     Recapitalization/Reorganization.      

        (a)   Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to the Purchased Shares shall be immediately subject to the First Refusal Right, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right.

        (b)   In the event of a Reorganization, the First Refusal Right shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for the Purchased Shares in consummation of the Reorganization, but only to the extent the Purchased Shares are at the time covered by such right.

        Section 5.7     Lapse.     The First Refusal Right shall lapse upon the earliest to occur of (i) the first date on which shares of the Common Stock are held of record by more than five hundred (500) persons, (ii) a determination made by the Board that a public market exists for the outstanding shares of Common Stock or (iii) a firm commitment underwritten public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of the Common Stock in the aggregate amount of at least twenty million dollars ($20,000,000). However, the Market Stand-Off shall continue to remain in full force and effect following the lapse of the First Refusal Right.

ARTICLE VI
SPECIAL TAX ELECTION

        The acquisition of the Purchased Shares may result in adverse tax consequences which may be avoided or mitigated by filing an election under Code Section 83(b). Such election must be filed within thirty (30) days after the date of this Agreement. A description of the tax consequences applicable to the acquisition of the Purchased Shares and the form for making the Code Section 83(b) election are set forth in Exhibit II . OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT WITH HIS OR HER TAX ADVISOR TO DETERMINE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING THE PURCHASED SHARES AND THE ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF FILING THE CODE SECTION 83(b) ELECTION. OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS OPTIONEE'S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, AND NOT THE COMPANY'S, TO FILE A TIMELY ELECTION UNDER CODE SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF OPTIONEE REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.

ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS

        Section 7.1     Assignment.     The Company may assign the Repurchase Right and/or the First Refusal Right to any person or entity selected by the Board, including one or more stockholders of the Company.

        Section 7.2     At Will Employment.     Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee's Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

        Section 7.3     Notices.     Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party entitled to such notice at the address indicated below



30



such party's signature line on this Agreement or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice under this paragraph to all other parties to this Agreement.

        Section 7.4     No Waiver.     The failure of the Company in any instance to exercise the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right shall not constitute a waiver of any other repurchase rights and/or rights of first refusal that may subsequently arise under the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and Optionee. No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.

        Section 7.5     Cancellation of Shares.     If the Company shall make available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Purchased Shares to be repurchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then from and after such time, the person from whom such shares are to be repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such shares shall be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, and the Company shall be deemed the owner and holder of such shares, whether or not the certificates therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

        Section 8.1     Optionee Undertaking.     Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either Optionee or the Purchased Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

        Section 8.2     Agreement is Entire Contract.     This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and shall in all respects be construed in conformity with the terms of the Plan.

        Section 8.3     Governing Law.     This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that State's conflict-of-laws rules.

        Section 8.4     Counterparts.     This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

        Section 8.5     Successors and Assigns.     The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon Optionee, Optionee's permitted assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee's estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Agreement and have agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first indicated above.

  

  

COMPANY:


  


  

B2 HEALTH, INC.


  


  


By: _______________________________________



  


  


Title:

 



31







  


  


OPTIONEE:


  


  


________________________________

Signature:

 


  


  


_________________________________

Printed Name:

 


  


  


_________________________________


_________________________________

Address:

 


  


  


  

 



SPOUSAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT

        The undersigned spouse of Optionee has read and hereby approves the foregoing Stock Purchase Agreement. In consideration of the Company's granting Optionee the right to acquire the Purchased Shares in accordance with the terms of such Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by all the terms of such Agreement, including (without limitation) the right of the Company (or its assigns) to purchase any Purchased Shares in which Optionee is not vested at time of his or her cessation of Service.

  

  

  

_________________________________

OPTIONEE'S SPOUSE


  


  


Address:


_________________________________


  


  


  


_________________________________




32




EXHIBIT I

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

          FOR VALUE RECEIVED  ______________________ hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto B2 Health, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the "Company"), ___________   ( ______________  ) shares of the Common Stock of the Company standing in his or her name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No. __________________  herewith and do(es) hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ____________________ Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated ________________________

  

  

Signature:

________________________________

        Instruction:     Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. Please sign exactly as you would like your name to appear on the issued stock certificate. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise the Repurchase Right without requiring additional signatures on the part of Optionee.



33




EXHIBIT II

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES AND SECTION 83(b) TAX ELECTION

        I.       Federal Income Tax Consequences and Section 83(b) Election For Exercise of Non-Statutory Option.     If the Purchased Shares are acquired pursuant to the exercise of a Non-Statutory Option, as specified in the Grant Notice, then under Code Section 83, the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to such shares lapse over the Exercise Price paid for those shares will be reportable as ordinary income on the lapse date. For this purpose, the term "forfeiture restrictions" includes the right of the Company to repurchase the Purchased Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Right. However, Optionee may elect under Code Section 83(b) to be taxed at the time the Purchased Shares are acquired, rather than when and as such Purchased Shares cease to be subject to such forfeiture restrictions. Such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days after the date of the Agreement. Even if the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date of the Agreement equals the Exercise Price paid (and thus no tax is payable), the election must be made to avoid adverse tax consequences in the future. The form for making this election is attached as part of this exhibit . FAILURE TO MAKE THIS FILING WITHIN THE APPLICABLE THIRTY (30)-DAY PERIOD WILL RESULT IN THE RECOGNITION OF ORDINARY INCOME BY OPTIONEE AS THE FORFEITURE RESTRICTIONS LAPSE.

        II.       Federal Income Tax Consequences and Conditional Section 83(b) Election For Exercise of Incentive Option.     If the Purchased Shares are acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Option, as specified in the Grant Notice, then the following tax principles shall be applicable to the Purchased Shares:

          (i)  For regular tax purposes, no taxable income will be recognized at the time the Option is exercised.

         (ii)  The excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date the Option is exercised or (if later) on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares lapse over (b) the Exercise Price paid for the Purchased Shares will be includible in Optionee's taxable income for alternative minimum tax purposes.

        (iii)  If Optionee makes a disqualifying disposition of the Purchased Shares, then Optionee will recognize ordinary income in the year of such disposition equal in amount to the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date the Option is exercised or (if later) on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares lapse over (b) the Exercise Price paid for the Purchased Shares. Any additional gain recognized upon the disqualifying disposition will be either short-term or long-term capital gain depending upon the period for which the Purchased Shares are held prior to the disposition.

        (iv)  For purposes of the foregoing, the term "forfeiture restrictions" will include the right of the Company to repurchase the Purchased Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Right. The term "disqualifying disposition" means any sale or other disposition 1 of the Purchased Shares within two (2) years after the Grant Date or within one (1) year after the exercise date of the Option.

Generally, a disposition of shares purchased under an Incentive Option includes any transfer of legal title, including a transfer by sale, exchange or gift, but does not include a transfer to the Optionee's spouse, a transfer into joint ownership with right of survivorship if Optionee remains one of the joint owners, a pledge, a transfer by bequest or inheritance or certain tax-free exchanges permitted under the Code.



34




         (v)  In the absence of final Treasury Regulations relating to Incentive Options, it is not certain whether Optionee may, in connection with the exercise of the Option for any Purchased Shares at the time subject to forfeiture restrictions, file a protective election under Code Section 83(b) which would limit Optionee's ordinary income upon a disqualifying disposition to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares on the date the Option is exercised over the Exercise Price paid for the Purchased Shares. Accordingly, such election if properly filed will only be allowed to the extent the final Treasury Regulations permit such a protective election.

        (vi)  The Code Section 83(b) election will be effective in limiting the Optionee's alternative minimum taxable income to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Purchased Shares at the time the Option is exercised over the Exercise Price paid for those shares.

        Page 2 of the attached form for making the election should be filed with any election made in connection with the exercise of an Incentive Option.



35



SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

        This statement is being made under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, pursuant to Treas. Reg. Section 1.83-2.

(1)

The taxpayer who performed the services is:


Name: __________________________________
Address: _________________________________

________________________________________

Taxpayer Ident. No.: _______________________

(2)

The property with respect to which the election is being made is _________ shares of the common stock of ______________________________


(3)

The property was issued on  ______________, 20___.


(4)

The taxable year in which the election is being made is the calendar year __________.


(5)

The property is subject to a repurchase right pursuant to which the issuer has the right to acquire the property at the lower of the purchase price paid per share or the fair market value per share, if for any reason taxpayer's service with the issuer terminates. The issuer's repurchase right will lapse in a series of annual and monthly installments over a four (4)-year period ending on  _________________ , 20___.


(6)

The fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse) is $ _____________ per share.


(7)

The amount paid for such property is $ _______________per share.


(8)

A copy of this statement was furnished to ____________ for whom taxpayer rendered the services underlying the transfer of property.


(9)

This statement is executed on  _________________ , 20____.


___________________________

Spouse (if any)

  

___________________________

Taxpayer

          This election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service Center with which taxpayer files his or her Federal income tax returns and must be made within thirty (30) days after the execution date of the Stock Purchase Agreement. This filing should be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Optionee must retain two (2) copies of the completed form for filing with his or her Federal and state tax returns for the current tax year and an additional copy for his or her records.

        The property described in the above Section 83(b) election is comprised of shares of common stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). Accordingly, it is the intent of the Taxpayer to utilize this election to achieve the following tax results:

        1.     One purpose of this election is to have the alternative minimum taxable income attributable to the purchased shares measured by the amount by which the fair market value of such shares at the time of their transfer to the Taxpayer exceeds the purchase price paid for the shares. In the absence of this election, such alternative minimum taxable income would be measured by the spread between the fair market value of the



36



purchased shares and the purchase price which exists on the various lapse dates in effect for the forfeiture restrictions applicable to such shares.

        2.     Section 421(a)(1) of the Code expressly excludes from income any excess of the fair market value of the purchased shares over the amount paid for such shares. Accordingly, this election is also intended to be effective in the event there is a "disqualifying disposition" of the shares, within the meaning of Section 421(b) of the Code, which would otherwise render the provisions of Section 83(a) of the Code applicable at that time. Consequently, the Taxpayer hereby elects to have the amount of disqualifying disposition income measured by the excess of the fair market value of the purchased shares on the date of transfer to the Taxpayer over the amount paid for such shares. Since Section 421(a) presently applies to the shares which are the subject of this Section 83(b) election, no taxable income is actually recognized for regular tax purposes at this time, and no income taxes are payable, by the Taxpayer as a result of this election. The foregoing election is to be effective to the full extent permitted under the Code.

          THIS PAGE 2 IS TO BE ATTACHED TO ANY SECTION 83(b) ELECTION FILED IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION UNDER THE FEDERAL TAX LAWS.

A-2





37




 

Exhibit 10.6


B2 HEALTH, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

        This Stock Option Agreement (the "Agreement") is attached as Exhibit A to a Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the "Grant Notice"), pursuant to which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the option evidenced thereby. Certain capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings specified in the Grant Notice to which this Agreement relates.

RECITALS

        A.    The Board has adopted the Plan for the purpose of retaining the services of selected employees, non-employee members of the Board or the board of directors of any Subsidiary or Affiliate and consultants and other independent advisors in the service of the Company (or any Subsidiary or Affiliate).

        B.    Optionee is to render valuable services to the Company (or a Subsidiary or Affiliate), and this Agreement is executed pursuant to, and is intended to carry out the purposes of, the Plan in connection with the Company's grant of an option to Optionee.

        C.    Those capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement have the respective meanings specified in to the Plan.

        NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed as follows:

        1.     Grant of Option.     The Company hereby grants to Optionee, as of the Grant Date, an option to purchase up to the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the option (the "Option Shares") specified in the Grant Notice. The Option Shares shall be purchasable from time to time during the option term specified in Section 2 at the Exercise Price.

        2.     Option Term.     This option shall expire at the close of business on the Expiration Date or on the date on which the option shall have been exercised in full in accordance with Section 9 hereof (the "Exercise Date"), unless sooner terminated in accordance with Section 5 or 6 hereof.

        3.     Limited Transferability.      

        (a)   This option shall be neither transferable nor assignable by Optionee other than by will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee's death and may be exercised, during Optionee's lifetime, only by Optionee. However, Optionee may designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of this option, and this option shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionee's death while holding this option. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred option subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which this option may, pursuant to Section 5, be exercised following Optionee's death.



38



        (b)   If this option is designated a Non-Statutory Option in the Grant Notice, then this option may be assigned in whole or in part during Optionee's lifetime to one or more members of Optionee's family or to a trust established for the exclusive benefit of one or more such family members or to Optionee's former spouse, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Optionee's estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The assigned portion shall be exercisable only by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the option pursuant to such assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for this option immediately prior to such assignment.

        4.     Dates of Exercise.     This option shall become exercisable for the Option Shares in one or more installments as specified in the Grant Notice. As the option becomes exercisable for such installments, those installments shall accumulate, and the option shall remain exercisable for the accumulated installments until the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the option term under Section 5 or 6.

        5.     Cessation of Service.     The option term specified in Section 2 shall terminate (and this option shall cease to be outstanding) prior to the Expiration Date should any of the following provisions become applicable:

        (a)   Should Optionee cease to remain in Service for any reason (other than death, Disability or Cause) while this option is outstanding, then Optionee (or any person or persons to whom this option is transferred pursuant to a permitted transfer under Section 3) shall have a period of three (3) months (commencing with the date of such cessation of Service) during which to exercise this option, but in no event shall this option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date.

        (b)   Should Optionee die while this option is outstanding, then the personal representative of Optionee's estate or the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to Optionee's will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee's death or to whom the option is transferred during Optionee's lifetime pursuant to a permitted transfer under Section 3 shall have the right to exercise this option. However, if Optionee dies while holding this option and if Optionee has an effective beneficiary designation in effect for this option at the time of his or her death, then the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries shall have the exclusive right to exercise this option following Optionee's death. Any such right to exercise this option shall lapse, and this option shall cease to be outstanding, upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the twelve (12)-month period measured from the date of Optionee's death or (ii) the Expiration Date.

        (c)   Should Optionee cease Service by reason of Disability while this option is outstanding, then Optionee (or any person or persons to whom this option is transferred pursuant to a permitted transfer under Section 3) shall have a period of twelve (12) months (commencing with the date of such cessation of Service) during which to exercise this option. In no event shall this option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date.

        Note:     Exercise of this option on a date later than three (3) months following cessation of Service due to Disability will result in loss of favorable Incentive Option treatment, unless such Disability constitutes a total and permanent disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. In the event that Incentive Option treatment is not available, this option will be taxed as a Non-Statutory Option upon exercise.

        (d)   During the limited period of post-Service exercisability, this option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of Option Shares in which Optionee is, at the time of Optionee's cessation of Service, vested pursuant to the Vesting Schedule specified in the Grant Notice or the special vesting acceleration provisions of Section 6. Upon the expiration of such limited exercise period or (if earlier) upon the Expiration Date, this option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested Option Shares for which the option has not been exercised. To the extent Optionee is not vested in one or more Option Shares at the time of Optionee's



39



cessation of Service, this option shall immediately terminate and cease to be outstanding with respect to those shares.

        (e)   Should Optionee's Service be terminated for Cause or should Optionee otherwise engage in Cause while this option is outstanding, then this option shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding.

        6.     Accelerated Vesting.      

        (a)   In the event of any Change in Control, the Option Shares at the time subject to this option but not otherwise vested shall automatically vest in full so that this option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, become exercisable for all of the Option Shares as fully vested shares and may be exercised for any or all of those Option Shares as vested shares.

        (b)   This Agreement shall not in any way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

        7.     Adjustment in Option Shares.     Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Company's receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the total number and/or class of securities subject to this option and (ii) the Exercise Price in order to reflect such change and thereby preclude a dilution or enlargement of benefits hereunder.

        8.     Stockholder Rights.     The holder of this option shall not have any stockholder rights with respect to the Option Shares until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the Exercise Price and become the record holder of the purchased shares.

        9.     Manner of Exercising Option.      

        (a)   In order to exercise this option with respect to all or any part of the Option Shares for which this option is at the time exercisable, Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) must take the following actions:

          (i)  Execute and deliver to the Company a Purchase Agreement for the Option Shares for which the option is exercised.

         (ii)  Pay the aggregate Exercise Price for the purchased shares in one or more of the following forms:

        (A)  cash or check made payable to the Company; or

        (B)  a promissory note payable to the Company, but only to the extent authorized by the Plan Administrator in accordance with Section 14.

        (iii)  Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the Exercise Price may also be paid as follows:

        (A)  in shares of Common Stock held by Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) for the requisite period necessary to avoid a



40



charge to the Company's earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date; or

        (B)  to the extent the option is exercised for vested Option Shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (a) to a Company-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Company by reason of such exercise and (b) to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

        Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure is utilized in connection with the option exercise, payment of the Exercise Price must accompany the Purchase Agreement delivered to the Company in connection with the option exercise.

        (iv)  Furnish to the Company appropriate documentation that the person or persons exercising the option (if other than Optionee) have the right to exercise this option.

         (v)  Execute and deliver to the Company such written representations as may be requested by the Company in order for it to comply with the applicable requirements of applicable securities laws.

        (vi)  Make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or Subsidiary or Affiliate employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all applicable income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the option exercise.

        (b)   As soon as practical after the Exercise Date, the Company shall issue to or on behalf of Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising this option) a certificate for the purchased Option Shares, with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

        (c)   In no event may this option be exercised for any fractional shares.

        10.       REPURCHASE RIGHTS.     ALL OPTION SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THIS OPTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RIGHTS OF THE COMPANY AND ITS ASSIGNS TO REPURCHASE THOSE SHARES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS SPECIFIED IN THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

        11.     Compliance with Laws and Regulations.      

        (a)   The exercise of this option and the issuance of the Option Shares upon such exercise shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Optionee with all applicable requirements of law relating thereto and with all applicable regulations of any stock exchange (or the Nasdaq National Market, if applicable) on which the Common Stock may be listed for trading at the time of such exercise and issuance.

        (b)   The inability of the Company to obtain approval from any regulatory body having authority deemed by the Company to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Common Stock pursuant to this option shall relieve the Company of any liability with respect to the non-issuance or sale of the Common Stock as to which such approval shall not have been obtained. The Company, however, shall use its best efforts to obtain all such approvals.



41



        12.     Successors and Assigns.     Except to the extent otherwise provided in Sections 3 and 6, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and Optionee, Optionee's assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee's estate.

        13.     Notices.     Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated below Optionee's signature line on the Grant Notice. All notices shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified.

        14.     Financing.     To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan Administrator may, in its absolute discretion and without any obligation to do so, permit Optionee to pay the Exercise Price for the purchased Option Shares (to the extent such Exercise Price is in excess of the par value of those shares) by delivering a full-recourse promissory note bearing interest at a market rate and secured by those Option Shares. The payment schedule in effect for any such promissory note shall be established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

        15.     Construction.     This Agreement and the option evidenced hereby are made and granted pursuant to the Plan and are in all respects limited by and subject to the terms of the Plan. All decisions of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question or issue arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in this option.

        16.     Governing Law.     The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that State's conflict-of-laws rules.

        17.     Stockholder Approval.     If the Option Shares covered by this Agreement exceed, as of the Grant Date, the number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under the Plan as last approved by the stockholders, then this option shall be void with respect to such excess shares, unless stockholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan is obtained in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

        18.     Additional Terms Applicable to an Incentive Option.     In the event this option is designated an Incentive Option in the Grant Notice, the following terms and conditions shall also apply to the grant:

        (a)   This option shall cease to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option if (and to the extent) this option is exercised for one or more Option Shares: (i) more than three (3) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an employee for any reason other than death or Disability or (ii) more than twelve (12) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an employee by reason of Disability.

        (b)   This option shall not become exercisable in the calendar year in which granted if (and to the extent) the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Grant Date) of the Common Stock for which this option would otherwise first become exercisable in such calendar year would, when added to the aggregate value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of the Common Stock and any other securities for which one or more other Incentive Options granted to Optionee prior to the Grant Date (whether under the Plan or any other option plan of the Company or any Subsidiary) first become exercisable during the same calendar year, exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate. To the extent the exercisability of this option is deferred by reason of the foregoing limitation, the deferred portion shall become exercisable in the first calendar year or years thereafter in which the One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation of this Section 18(b) would not be contravened, but such deferral shall in all events end immediately prior to the effective date of a Change in Control in which this option is not to be



42



assumed or otherwise continued in effect, whereupon the option shall become immediately exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option for the deferred portion of the Option Shares.

(c)

Should Optionee hold, in addition to this option, one or more other options to purchase Common Stock which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year as this option, then the foregoing limitations on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.



43



 

Exhibit 10.7

B2 Health, Inc.

Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice

        B2 Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") hereby acknowledges its obligation to award to Participant, on the dates set forth below, that number of shares of the Company's Common Stock set forth below ("Award") if Participant remains employed by the Company as of each such date. This Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement and all of the shares issued pursuant to this Award will be issued pursuant to the Company's 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

Participant: 

  

________________________

  

  


Date of Grant: 


  



  


  


Number of Shares Subject to Award: 


  


______________


  


  


Consideration: 


  


____________________


  


  

        Grant Schedule:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         . All shares that have not been issued shall be issued immediately upon any Termination of Employment (as defined in the Plan) by the Company other than for Cause (as defined in the Plan). In the event that the Participant suffers a Termination of Employment by reason of Death (as defined in the Plan), Disability (as defined in the Plan), Retirement (as defined in the Plan), voluntary termination by Employee, or is terminated by the Company for Cause, the Participant shall not be entitled to the issuance of any shares of Common Stock that have not been previously granted as of the date of such Termination of Employment.

        Additional Terms/Acknowledgements:     The undersigned Participant acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Restricted Stock Award Notice, the Restricted Stock Award Agreement and the Plan. Participant further acknowledges that as of the date hereof, this Restricted Stock Award Notice, the Restricted Stock Award Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Participant and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) Awards previously granted and delivered to Participant under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

Other Agreements:

  

 


  


  


          PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT HE OR SHE HAS NO RIGHTS TO ACQUIRE COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY, AND THE COMPANY HAS NOT MADE ANY PROMISES TO ISSUE COMMON STOCK TO PARTICIPANT, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD NOTICE AND IN THE OTHER AGREEMENTS (IF ANY).



44





Company:

  

Participant:


By:
     


  


_____________________

Signature


  


_________________________

Signature


Title:


  


_____________________


  


Date:


  


___________________


Date


  


_____________________


  


  


  


  

        Attachments:     Restricted Stock Award Agreement and 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.



45





Attachment I

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

Filed as Exhibit 10.8


Attachment II

B2 HEALTH, INC., 2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Filed as Exhibit 10.2




 



46




 

Exhibit 10.8


B2 HEALTH, INC.

Restricted Stock Award Agreement

        Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice ("Grant Notice") to which this Restricted Stock Award Agreement is attached as Attachment I (this "Agreement;" and together with the Grant Notice, the "Award") and in consideration for services rendered or to be rendered to B2 Health, Inc., (the "Company"), the Company acknowledges its understanding and agreement to issue to you, under its 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), that number of shares of the Company's Common Stock specified in the Grant Notice in accordance with the Grant Schedule. Capitalized terms used but not defined terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.

        The details of your Award are as follows:

          1.    Grants.     Subject to the limitations contained herein, your right to receive future issuances of the Company's Common Stock will survive as provided in the Grant Notice, provided that all rights under the Award will cease upon your Termination of Employment.

          2.    Securities Law Compliance.     You may not be issued any shares under your Award unless the shares are either (i) then registered under the Securities Act or (ii) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Your Award must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Award, and you will not receive such shares if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

          3.    Restrictions on Transfer.      

          (a)    You agree that the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) may, in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, require that you not sell, dispose of, transfer, pledge, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you under the Award, for a period of time specified by the underwriter(s) (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) following the effective date of the registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such longer period, not to exceed eighteen (18) days after expiration of the one hundred eighty (180) day period, as the Company or the underwriters shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711).

          (b)    You agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of underwriters of Common Stock of the Company, you shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company's securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration



47



relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your Common Stock until the end of such lock-up period.

          4.    Changes In Capitalization.     The number of shares of the Company's Common Stock that shall be issued pursuant to the Award shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the Company's Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Company's Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of the Company's Common Stock effected without receipt or consideration by the Company. Such adjustments shall be made by the Company's Board of Directors, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.

          5.    Change in Control.     The stock grants contemplated by the Award shall accelerate upon a Change of Control so that all stock that is to be issued pursuant to the Award shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change of Control, be issued to you. This Agreement shall not in any way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise changes its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

          6.    Restrictive Legends.     The shares issued under your Award shall be endorsed with the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, as determined by the Company it its sole discretion, together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF ______________, 2006, BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER OF THIS STOCK.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS.

THE HOLDER OF THIS STOCK MAY NOT SELL, TRANSFER OR DISPOSE OF THIS STOCK (EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT")) WITHOUT FIRST DELIVERING TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL (REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE TO THE COMPANY) THAT NEITHER REGISTRATION NOR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IS REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSFER.

          7.    Award not a Service Contract.     Your Award is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your Award shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or on the part of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your Award shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective shareholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a director or consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

          8.    Not a Service Contract.     Your Award is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your Award shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the



48



employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or on the part of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment

          9.    Withholding Obligations.      

          (a)    At the time your Award is made, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with your Award.


         (b) Unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied, the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares or release such shares from any escrow provided for herein.

          10.    Rights as a Shareholder.     Until the Common Stock underlying this Award has been issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the stock to be issued in Future Grants.

          11.    Limitation on Change in Control Payments.     If (i) there is an acceleration of the stock grants contemplated by the Award (as provided in Section 5), (ii) such acceleration could be deemed a "payment" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and (iii) such payment together with any other payments which you have the right to receive from the Company or any corporation which is a member of an "affiliated group" (as defined in Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to Section 1504(b) of the Code) of which the Company is a member would constitute a "parachute payment" (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), then the number of shares subject to acceleration under Section 5 hereof will be reduced to the largest amount as will result in no portion of such payments being subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code.

          12.    Notices.     Any notices provided for in your Award or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

          13.    Miscellaneous.      

          (a)    The rights and obligations of the Company under your Award shall be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company's successors and assigns. Your rights and obligations under your Award may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

          (b)    You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your Award.

          (c)    You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Award in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Award and fully understand all provisions of your Award.

          (d)    The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Award shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that State's conflict-of-laws rules.



49



          14.    Governing Plan Document.     Your Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your Award and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.



 



50



Exhibit 10.9

B2 HEALTH, INC.

NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

        This Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (this "Agreement") is made as of  _____________, 2006 (the "Effective Date"), between B2 Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and  _______________________________ ("Optionee"). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in Section II(15) of this Agreement.

RECITALS

        A.    On the Effective Date, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") granted Optionee an option to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock conditioned upon the Optionee's provision of Services to the Company.

        B.    Optionee was notified of the option granted by the Board and the Company's internal records have reflected the option grant to Optionee.

        C.    The Company and Optionee did not enter into a written agreement evidencing the issuance of the option and are entering into this Agreement for the purpose of memorializing the understanding of the parties as of the Effective Date.

        D.    The Company and Optionee have agreed to the terms and conditions of, and desire to document the prior grant pursuant to, this Agreement.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual agreements hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

I.      STOCK OPTION GRANT

        1.     Grant of Option.     The Company hereby acknowledges and confirms that, as of the Effective Date, Optionee was granted an option (the "Option") to purchase the number of shares set forth below, at the exercise price per share set forth below (the "Exercise Price"), which exercise price was the fair market value of the Common Stock as of the Effective Date, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Date of Grant:

  

__________________


Vesting Commencement Date:


  


__________________


Exercise Price:


  


$__________ per share


Total Number of Shares Granted (the "Option Shares")


  


_________________


Type of Option:


  


Nonstatutory Stock Option


Expiration Date:


  


__________________



51






        2.     Vesting Schedule.     This Option Shares were initially unvested and became or shall become vested and exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

II.    TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTION

        1.     Exercise of Option.      

        (a)    Right to Exercise.     This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in Section I and with the applicable provisions of this Agreement.

        (b)    Conditions for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder.     The Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share of the Company's Common Stock. Until the shares underlying the Option are purchased by Optionee and issued by the Company (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Option Shares. Should any change be made to the Common Stock of the Company by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of stock, exchange of stock or other change affecting the Company's Common Stock without the Company's receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the total number and/or class of securities subject to this Option, and (ii) the Exercise Price in order to reflect such change and thereby preclude a dilution or enlargement of benefits hereunder.

        (c)    Method of Exercise.     In order to exercise this Option with respect to all or any part of the Option Shares for which this Option is at the time exercisable, Optionee must take the following actions:

          (i)  Execute and deliver to the Company the exercise notice (the "Exercise Notice") attached hereto as Exhibit A .

         (ii)  Pay the aggregate Exercise Price for the purchased shares in one of the following forms: (A) by cash or check made payable to the Company, or (B) should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 at the time the option is exercised, then the Exercise Price may also be paid through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the option) concurrently provides irrevocable instructions (y) to a Company-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Company by reason of such exercise and (z) to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

        (iii)  Furnish to the Company appropriate documentation that the person or persons exercising the Option (if other than Optionee) have the right to exercise this Option.

        (iv)  If requested by the Company, execute and deliver to the Company the Investment Representation Statement attached hereto as Exhibit B .

         (v)  Make appropriate arrangements with the Company for the satisfaction of all applicable income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the exercise of the Option.



52



        (d)    Certificates.     As soon as practical after the Company receives the Exercise Notice, the Company shall issue to or on behalf of Optionee (or any other person exercising this Option) a certificate for the requisite number of shares of Common Stock, with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

        (e)    Exercise as to Vested Shares.     The Option may be exercised as to vested Option Shares only.

        2.     Cessation of Service.     The Option shall terminate (and cease to be outstanding) prior to the Expiration Date should any of the following provisions become applicable:

        (a)   Should Optionee cease to remain in Service for any reason (other than death, Disability or Misconduct) while this Option is outstanding, then Optionee (or any person or persons to whom this Option is transferred pursuant to a permitted transfer under Section II(3)) shall have a period of three (3) months (commencing with the date of such cessation of Service) during which to exercise this Option, but in no event shall this Option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date.

        (b)   Should Optionee die while this Option is outstanding, then the personal representative of Optionee's estate or the person or persons to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to Optionee's will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee's death or to whom the Option is transferred during Optionee's lifetime pursuant to a permitted transfer under Section II(3) shall have the right to exercise this Option. However, if Optionee dies while holding this Option and if Optionee has an effective beneficiary designation in effect for this Option at the time of his or her death, then the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries shall have the exclusive right to exercise this Option following Optionee's death. Any such right to exercise this Option shall lapse, and this Option shall cease to be outstanding, upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the twelve (12)-month period measured from the date of Optionee's death or (ii) the Expiration Date.

        (c)   Should Optionee cease Service by reason of Disability while this Option is outstanding, then Optionee (or any person or persons to whom this Option is transferred pursuant to a permitted transfer under Section II(3)) shall have a period of twelve (12) months (commencing with the date of such cessation of Service) during which to exercise this Option. In no event shall this Option be exercisable at any time after the Expiration Date.

        (d)   During the limited period of post-Service exercisability, this Option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of Option Shares in which Optionee is, at the time of Optionee's cessation of Service, vested pursuant to the Vesting Schedule or the special vesting acceleration provisions of Section II(4). Upon the expiration of such limited exercise period or (if earlier) upon the Expiration Date, this Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested Option Shares for which the Option has not been exercised. To the extent Optionee is not vested in one or more Option Shares at the time of Optionee's cessation of Service, this Option shall immediately terminate and cease to be outstanding with respect to such Option Shares.

        (e)   Should Optionee's Service be terminated for Misconduct or should Optionee otherwise engage in Misconduct while this Option is outstanding, then this Option shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding and Optionee shall have no right to exercise vested or unvested Option Shares.

        3.     Limited Transferability of Options.     This Option shall neither be transferable nor assignable by Optionee other than by will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee's death and may be exercised, during Optionee's lifetime, only by Optionee. However, Optionee may designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of this Option, and this Option shall, in accordance with such designation,



53



automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionee's death while holding this Option. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred Option subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which this Option may, pursuant to Section II(2), be exercised following Optionee's death.

        4.     Accelerated Vesting.      

        (a)   In the event of any Change in Control, the Option Shares at the time subject to this Option but not otherwise vested shall automatically vest in full so that this Option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, become exercisable for all of the Option Shares as fully vested shares and may be exercised for any or all of those Option Shares as vested shares.

        (b)   This Agreement shall not in any way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

        5.     Tax Obligations: Withholding Taxes.     The Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. The Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

        6.     Lock-Up Period.     The Optionee hereby agrees that the Optionee shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company (other than those included in or acquired after such registration) or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such longer period, not to exceed eighteen (18) days after expiration of the one hundred eighty (180) day period, as the Company or the underwriters shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711).

        The Optionee agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, the Optionee shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company's securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such lock-up period. The Optionee agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section.

        8.     Restrictions on Exercise.     This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares upon exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law. The inability of the Company to obtain approval from any regulatory body having authority deemed by the Company to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Common Stock



54



pursuant to this Option shall relieve the Company of any liability with respect to the non-issuance or sale of the Common Stock as to which such approval has not been obtained. The Company, however, shall use its best efforts to obtain all such approvals.

        9.     Term of Option.     If not earlier terminated pursuant to other provision of this Agreement, the Option will terminate on the Expiration Date and may not be exercised thereafter.

        10.     At-Will Employment.     Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee's Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

        11.     Successors and Assigns.     The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and Optionee, Optionee's assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee's estate.

        12.     Notices.     Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated below Optionee's signature line hereto. All notices shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified.

        13.     Governing Law.     The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that State's conflict-of-laws rules.

        14.     Definition of Change in Control.     For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change in Control" shall mean the happening of any of the following events:

        (a)   An acquisition by any individual, entity or "group" (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) (a "Person") of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of 33 1 / 3 % or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Company Common Stock") or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities"); excluding, however, the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company, (2) any acquisition by the Company, (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company, (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (1), (2) and (3) of subsection (iii) of this Section II(14), or (5) any Change in Control triggered solely because the percentage of Outstanding Company Common Stock or Outstanding Company Voting Securities held by any Person (the "Subject Person") exceeds the designated percentage threshold thereof as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur; or

        (b)   A change in the composition of the Board such that the individuals who, as of the date of this Agreement, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the



55



"Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, for purposes of this Section II(14)(b) that any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the date of this Agreement, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those individuals who are members of the Board and who were also members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided, further, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or

        (c)   Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company ("Corporate Transaction"); excluding, however, such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (2) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 33?% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (3) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or

        (d)   The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company shall otherwise occur.

        (e)   The term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company.

        15.     Additional Definitions.     Definitions for this Agreement are as follows:

        (a)   "Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

        (b)   "Applicable Law" means the requirements relating the issuance and exercise of stock options under federal and state corporate laws, federal and state securities laws, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where the Optionee resides at the time of exercise.



56



        (c)   "Common Stock" means the Company's Common Stock, $.001 par value, and in the case of an option granted prior to January 3, 2006, the Class B Membership Units of the Company's predecessor that have been converted into the Company's Common Stock.

        (d)   "Company" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

        (e)   "Change of Control" has the meaning set forth in Section II(14) above.

        (f)    "Corporate Transaction" has the meaning set forth in Section II(14)(c) above.

        (g)   "Disability" shall mean that the Optionee has been unable to perform his or her Company duties as the result of his or her incapacity due to physical or mental illness, and such inability, at least twenty-six (26) weeks after its commencement, is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to the Optionee or the Optionee's legal representative (such agreements to acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld).

        (h)   "Employee" means an individual who is in the employ of the Company, subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

        (i)    "Exercise Notice" has the meaning set forth in Section II(1)(c)(i) above.

        (j)    "Exercise Price" has the meaning set forth in Section I(1) above.

        (k)   "Expiration Date" has the meaning set forth in Section I(1) above.

        (l)    "Incumbent Board" has the meaning set forth in Section II(14)(b) above.

        (m)  "Misconduct" shall mean (i) the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by Optionee, (ii) any unauthorized use or disclosure by Optionee of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company, (iii) conviction of the Optionee for committing a felony under federal law or the law of the state in which such action occurred, (iv) illegal drug use or alcohol abuse on Company premises or at a Company sponsored event, (v) intentional, material violation by the Optionee of any contract between the employee and the Company or of any statutory duty of the Optionee to the Company, or (vi) any other intentional misconduct by Optionee adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Company in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not be deemed to be inclusive of all the acts or omissions which the Company may consider as grounds for the dismissal or discharge of Optionee or any other individual in the Service of the Company.

        (n)   "Option" has the meaning set forth in Section I(1) above.

        (o)   "Optionee" has the meaning set forth in the preface above.

        (p)   "Option Shares" or means the Shares subject to the Option.

        (q)   "Outstanding Company Common Stock" has the meaning set forth in Section II(14)(a) above.

        (r)   "Outstanding Company Voting Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section II(14)(a) above.



57



        (s)   "Person" has the meaning set forth in Section II(14)(a) above.

        (t)    "Service" or "Services" means the Optionee's performance of services for the Company in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the Board of Directors or a consultant or independent advisor.

        (u)   "Subject Person" has the meaning set forth in Section II(14)(a) above.

        (v)   "Vesting Commencement Date" has the meaning set forth in Section I(1) above.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement this ____  day of  __________________, 2006, to be effective as of the Effective Date.

OPTIONEE

  

 


______________________________


  


__________________________


By:


____________________________


  


By:


_______________________


  


  


  


Its:


________________________


_________________________________


  


  


  


_________________________________

Residence Address


  


  


  




58



EXHIBIT A

NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

EXERCISE NOTICE

B2 Health, Inc.

Attention: Secretary

        1.     Exercise of Option.     Effective as of today,  ________________, ___________________, the undersigned (the "Optionee") hereby elects to exercise the Optionee's option to purchase  ________ shares of the Common Stock (the "Shares") of B2 Health, Inc., (the "Company") under and pursuant to the Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement dated  ___________, 2006 (the "Agreement").

        2.     Delivery of Payment.     The Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option (as defined in the Agreement).

        3.     Representations of Optionee.     The Optionee acknowledges that the Optionee has received, read and understood the Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by its terms and conditions.

        4.     Rights as Stockholder.     Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to shares not yet exercised. The Shares shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Agreement.

        5.     Tax Consultation.     The Optionee understands that the Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of the Optionee's purchase or disposition of the Shares. The Optionee represents that the Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants the Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that the Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

        6.     Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.      

        (a)     Legends.     The Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "ACT") AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

        (b)     Stop-Transfer Notices.     The Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate "stop transfer" instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers



59



its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

        (c)     Refusal to Transfer.     The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

        7.     Successors and Assigns.     The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon the Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

        8.     Governing Law; Severability.     This Exercise Notice is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado without resort to that State's conflict-of-laws rules.

        9.     Entire Agreement.     The Agreement is incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee's interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Optionee.

Submitted by:

  

Accepted by:


OPTIONEE


  


B2 Health, Inc.


_______________________________

Signature


  


________________________________

By


_______________________________

Print Name


  


_______________________________

Title


Address:


  


 Date Received:  _____________________


________________________________


  

 


________________________________


  

 


  


  

 




60





EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

OPTIONEE:

  

 _________________________________


COMPANY:


  


B2 Health, Inc.


SECURITIES:


  


COMMON STOCK


AMOUNT:


  


 ______________________


DATE:


  


 _______________________

        In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:

        (a)   The Optionee is aware of the Company's business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. The Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for the Optionee's own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any "distribution" thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the " Securities Act ").

        (b)   The Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute "restricted securities" under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Optionee's investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, the Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if the Optionee's representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. The Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. The Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

        (c)   The Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of "restricted securities" acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited "broker's transaction" or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month



61



period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

        In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

        (d)   The Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. The Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.

  

  

Signature of Optionee:


  


  


_________________________________


  


  


Date:


_______________________


  


,





62


Development and Manufacturing Agreement


between


Back 2 Health and TDP, Inc .


This development and manufacturing Agreement is entered into as of February 20, 2007 by and between Technology Driven Products, Inc., a Colorado corporation (“TDP”) and Back 2 Health Ltd., a Colorado corporation (“Back 2 Health”).  


The parties hereby agree as follows:


1.

Scope of Agreement


1.1

General .  This Agreement specifies the terms and conditions under which TDP agrees to provide design, manufacturing, order fulfillment and repair services for Products described in Exhibit A to this Agreement, and future products to be developed based on product requirements provided by Back 2 Health.


1.2

Back 2 Health General Obligations.  Without limiting any specific obligation specified in this Agreement, Back 2 Health will:


1.2.1

Provide the Product Requirements including but not limited to written product, test and packaging specifications in a timely manner.


1.2.2

Provide Requirement changes in accordance with the procedures specified in Article 3 of this Agreement.


1.2.3

Provide to TDP detailed drawings, descriptions or guidelines for any labeling requirements for Back 2 Health.


1.2.4

Provide approval or disapproval for any Engineering Change Orders necessary to improve the Products.


1.2.5

Provide other manufacturing information from time to time that Back 2 Health believes will assist TDP in manufacturing the Products.


1.3

TDP General Obligations .  Without limiting any specific obligation specified in this Agreement, TDP will:


1.3.1

Develop and maintain a manufacturing process and production line, purchase or procure tools, and source components and parts as needed to fulfill TDP’s obligations to manufacture the Products in accordance with the milestones specified in the Delivery Schedule, Exhibit B .


1.3.2

Manufacture, test, pack, ship and sell all manufactured Products in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  


1.3.3

Apply its best efforts to continuously reduce its manufacturing costs including procurement and design opportunities.


1.3.4

Provide engineering support for changes as requested by Back 2 Health or identified by TDP.




1



1.3.5

Provide the warranty and repair services required under Article 9 of this Agreement.


1.4

Term of Agreement.  This Agreement will commence on February 1 st , 2007 and continue for a three (3) year period (the “Term”), unless terminated earlier under the terms of this Agreement.  After the initial Term, this Agreement will continue automatically for two additional one year periods.  This Agreement may be terminated at the end of the initial Term or at the end of any subsequent renewal period if one party provides the other at least 90 days prior written notice of its intent to terminate.


2.

Definitions


The following capitalized terms will have these definitions for the purposes of this Agreement:


2.1

“Deliverables” mean the Prototypes, Products, Test Reports, Documentation and any other deliverable Back 2 Health requires TDP to develop or deliver under this Agreement.


2.2

“Delivery Date” means the date specified in an Order for the delivery of Back 2 Health Products by TDP to the destination required under the Order.


2.3

“Delivery Schedule” means the detailed schedule of milestones with corresponding delivery dates for the design, development and manufacture of the Deliverables, as specified in Exhibit B to this Agreement.


2.4

“Engineering Changes” means the implementation of the design changes and other Requirements provided by Back 2 Health or recommended by TDP that will be used to make improvements to the Product.


2.5

“Documentation” means the detail drawings, component specifications, BOM and other documentation used to manufacture the products that will be prepared in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and made available for use in connection with distribution of the Products.


2.6

“Forecast” means Back 2 Health’s estimate of its purchase requirements over a six month period, or such other period designated by the parties.


2.7

“Products” means each of the products described in Exhibit A to be manufactured by TDP based on the Requirements provided by Back 2 Health.


2.8

“Back 2 Health Property” means Back 2 Health equipment, materials and information, including Tools, provided to TDP by Back 2 Health or on Back 2 Health’s behalf or separately paid for by Back 2 Health for use by TDP in connection with this Agreement.


2.9

Intellectual Property Rights ” means all rights in patents, patent applications, copyrights, moral rights, trade secrets, marks and other similar rights.


2.10

Lead Time ” means the time between the date an Order is released to TDP and the Delivery Date of the product to Back 2 Health’s customer’s site.


2.11

Marks ” means the trademarks, service marks, trademark and service mark applications, trade dress, trade names, logos, insignia, symbols, designs or other marks identifying a party or its products.


2.12

Non-complying Products ” means any Back 2 Health Product received by Back 2 Health that does not comply with the Requirements or Specifications, or otherwise does not comply with the requirements of an Order or other provisions of this Agreement. Non-complying Products include non-functioning products.




2



2.13

Parts ” means replacement parts, components, consumables or other products that may be supplied in conjunction with or as additions to the Products.


2.14

Orders ” means a written or electronic purchase order or release issued by Back 2 Health to TDP for purchase of the Products.


2.15

Pre-Existing Intellectual Property ” means any trade secret, invention, work of authorship, or protectable design that has been conceived or developed prior to performance of this Agreement.


2.16

Prototype ” means the pre-production unit of a Product, packaged in a production package, and manufactured in accordance with the Requirements and Specifications with full test verification.


2.17

Requirements ” means the Back 2 Health-supplied design and technical information, drawings, concepts, schematics, software and other related material, which will be used by TDP in the manufacturing of the Products.


2.18

Technical Assistance ” means TDP-provided assistance, training and consultation whether technical in nature or otherwise relating to the manufacture, operation, use, testing, quality control and maintenance of the Products.


2.19

Technical Product Information ” means the product information used by TDP or third parties to design, develop, or test the Products including but not limited to: (i) specifications, software, schematics, designs, patterns, drawings or other materials pertinent to the most current revision level of manufacturing of the Products; (ii) jig, fixture and tooling designs owned by Back 2 Health; (iii) support documentation owned by Back 2 Health; (iv) any additional technical information or materials related to the product design listed in an escrow agreement agreed to by the parties or otherwise deemed necessary by Back 2 Health to exercise any rights provided under this Agreement.


2.20

Technical Manufacturing Information ” means the manufacturing information, process and technology used by TDP or third parties under its control to manufacture the Products including, but not limited to: (i) copies of all inspection, manufacturing, test and quality control procedures and any other work processes; (iii) jig, fixture and tooling designs owned by TDP;  (iv) TDP history files; (v) support documentation owned by TDP; and (vi) any additional technical information or materials related to the manufacturing of the Product listed in an escrow agreement agreed to by the parties or otherwise deemed necessary by TDP to exercise any rights provided under this Agreement.


2.21

Test Reports ” means the documentation prepared by TDP that includes records of tests conducted and results obtained with respect to both hardware and software components of the Prototypes.


2.22

Tools ” means any tooling, dies, jigs or fixtures or other property either built or acquired by TDP in connection with its performance of this Agreement.


3.

Statement of Work


3.1

Engineering Changes Proposed by Back 2 Health


Upon requests by Back 2 Health for engineering changes (provided in written description form):


3.1.1

TDP will evaluate proposed engineering changes for feasibility and cost.  Such evaluation will state the costs and time of implementation and the impact on the delivery schedule and pricing of the Product.  TDP will not be obligated to proceed with the engineering change until the parties have agreed upon the changes to the Product’s Specifications, delivery schedule and Product pricing and upon the implementation costs to be borne by Back 2 Health including,



3



without limitation, the cost of inventory and special inventory on-hand and on-order that becomes obsolete.


3.1.2

TDP will provide a quote for estimated engineering services and costs for materials and/or tooling including a Gantt Chart outlining the schedule for completion of such changes.


3.1.3

Back 2 Health will issue separate Purchase Orders for Engineering Services, inventory obsolescence, or incurred manufacturing costs as a result of authorized changes.


3.2

Engineering Changes Proposed by TDP


TDP may make recommendations that would reduce material costs and/or improve quality/reliability.  


Upon TDP’s recommendations:


3.2.1

Back 2 Health will evaluate such recommendations and TDP will provide a quote for estimated engineering services to incorporate such recommendations into the Product as appropriate.   Back 2 Health and TDP may negotiate the terms for engineering services including but not limited to sharing the cost savings as a result of the engineering changes.  TDP will not make changes to product design or manufacturing processes which affect the form, fit, and function or reliability of the Product without prior written authorization from Back 2 Health.


3.2.2

Once design changes have been implemented, Back 2 Health must provide field testing data with their signed approval.


3.2.3

If design changes affect TDP’s ability to meet the Delivery Schedule based on existing purchase orders, TDP and Back 2 Health must mutually agree upon the schedule change and this must be followed by a revised purchase order.


3.3

New Product Development


Back 2 Health may retain the engineering services of TDP to develop new products.  Upon requests for engineering services for new product development:


3.3.1

Back 2 Health will provide TDP with a product specification in written form.  Prior to commencing engineering activities for new product development, both parties will approve the product specification in writing.  


3.3.2

TDP will provide an estimate for development services based on the product specification including costs and schedule in written form.


3.3.3

All new products will include an initial concept phase, prototype phase and engineering phase with Back 2 Health providing field testing and written authorization for release to manufacturing.


3.4

Production Units .


TDP will conduct a Manufacturing Release for the Back 2 Health products and upon Back 2 Health’s written authorization to begin production:


3.4.1

TDP will provide to Back 2 Health a first article production unit for written sign off and approval prior to the subsequent building of production quantities.  




4



3.4.2

Back 2 Health will provide TDP written notice of its approval or disapproval of the first article unit for each Back 2 Health Product within 15 days after Back 2 Health’s receipt of all the items required to be delivered to Back 2 Health pursuant to this Section.  


3.4.3

If the first article production unit for a Back 2 Health Product is disapproved by Back 2 Health, TDP will remedy the reasons for Back 2 Health’s disapproval in a timely fashion consistent with milestones specified in the Delivery Schedule.


3.4.4

Subject to Back 2 Health approval of the first article production unit, TDP will release the Back 2 Health Product to production.


3.5

Repair Services.


TDP will provide repair services to Back 2 Health for both warranty and non-warranty repairs.  All warranty repairs will be processed in accordance with Articles 9.2 and 9.3.  However, non-warranty repairs will be processed as follows:


3.5.1

All non-warranty repairs will be processed pursuant to the TDP RMA process using the form attached as Exhibit D and the accompanying instructions.  TDP will charge a pre-determined evaluation fee for non-warranty units.  Upon authorization from Back 2 Health to repair the product, the pre-determined fee will be applied toward the actual repair cost.


3.5.2

An estimate of repairs will be submitted to Back 2 Health via e-mail. E-mail authorization from Back 2 Health is required prior to any repairs being completed by TDP.  Back 2 Health will be notified that a repaired unit is completed and ready for shipment to Back 2 Health’s customer.


3.5.3

Payment terms for repairs will be the same as stated in Article 8.


4.

Ownership


4.1

General . Each party will maintain all right, title and interest in Pre-Existing Intellectual Property, subject to any licenses granted in this Agreement.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2 below, ownership of Intellectual Property Rights in any intellectual property developed under this Agreement will be owned by the party or parties whose employees, agents or contractors conceive and either first reduce to practice, author or otherwise create such intellectual property. Neither party will have any duty to account to the other for profits with respect to property jointly owned under this Agreement, and TDP and Back 2 Health will mutually agree on whether and how to pursue patent protection for any such joint inventions.


4.2

Back 2 Health Rights .


4.2.1

Subject to TDP’s rights specified in Section 4.3.1 below, Back 2 Health will own all right, title and interest, including all Intellectual Property Rights, in and to the Requirements and the Deliverables including the Technical Product Information.  TDP agrees to assign to Back 2 Health any Intellectual Property Rights it may have in the Deliverables.


4.2.2

During the Term plus any period of support that may survive termination of this Agreement, TDP agrees to inform Back 2 Health promptly of any new processes, inventions, discoveries, technologies, or materials developed in connection with its performance under this Agreement (collectively, “Developments”).  Back 2 Health will own all Intellectual Property Rights in Developments that are the result of product changes paid for and owned by Back 2 Health.  TDP will execute any necessary documents and will otherwise assist Back 2 Health, at Back 2 Health’s expense, as reasonably requested, to protect such Intellectual Property Rights.




5



4.3

TDP Rights .


4.3.1

TDP will retain all right, title and interest, including all Intellectual Property Rights, in and to product or manufacturing process improvements made at TDP’s expense and TDP’s Technical Manufacturing Information for the Products, subject to Back 2 Health’s rights in Developments under Section 4.2.2 above. Any Technical Manufacturing Information developed for the purpose of manufacturing Back 2 Health Products will be used solely for the design, development, testing and manufacturing of such products, which may only be sold to Back 2 Health.  Back 2 Health agrees to maintain the confidentiality of TDP’s Technical Manufacturing Information under the terms specified in Article 13 below.


4.3.2

Back 2 Health grants to TDP, under Back 2 Health’s Intellectual Property Rights, a non-exclusive, non-transferable, worldwide, royalty-free license to use the Requirements to design, develop, test and manufacture the Deliverables for the term of this Agreement.  TDP agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Requirements under the terms specified in Article 13 below.


4.4

Trademark Usage .  Nothing in this Agreement implies the grant of any license from one party to the other to use any Marks.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Back 2 Health grants to TDP the non-exclusive, limited right to reproduce any designated Back 2 Health Marks on Back 2 Health Products.  


5.

Tooling, Non-Recurring Expenses, Software


5.1

Tooling and Non-Recurring Expenses.  TDP shall provide non-Product specific tooling at its expense.  Back 2 Health shall pay for or obtain and consign to TDP any Product specific tooling or equipment and other reasonably necessary non-recurring expenses, to be set forth in TDP’s quotation.  


5.2

Software.  Any software or firmware provided to TDP by Back 2 Health is licensed to TDP non-exclusively for use solely to perform its obligations under this Agreement.  Such software and firmware may not be transferred or sublicensed and may not be disassembled or decompiled without Back 2 Health’s express written consent.  


6.

Forecasts, Orders, Material Procurement


6.1

Forecast.  Back 2 Health shall provide TDP, on a monthly basis, a non-binding, rolling twelve (12) month forecast of its projected orders.  


6.2

Purchase Orders .  Back 2 Health will issue a written Purchase Order to cover a minimum of 6 months rolling time period with a 100 unit minimum.   


6.3

Order Acknowledgement .  Purchase orders shall normally be deemed accepted by TDP, provided however that TDP may reject any order that does not conform to the lead-time, flexibility or cancellation terms of this Agreement.  TDP shall notify Back 2 Health of rejection of any purchase order within five (5) working days of receipt of such order.


6.4

Material Procurement .  Purchase Orders issued by Back 2 Health in conformance to this Agreement will constitute authorization for TDP to procure, using standard purchasing practices, the components, subassemblies, materials and supplies necessary for the manufacture of Products (“Inventory”) covered by such Purchase Orders.


6.5

Long Lead Time Components .  As Back 2 Health’s strategic materials management partner, TDP may be required to purchase Long Lead Time Components in order to achieve the schedule flexibility requirements identified in Section 7.3.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Long Lead Time Components” shall mean components, subassemblies, materials and supplies with lead times greater than forty (40) days.  During the term of this Agreement, if any lead times for components, subassemblies, materials or supplies exceed forty (40) days due to changes in market conditions, TDP may reasonably



6



purchase minimum lot sizes from suppliers (“Minimum Order Inventory”), even if greater than the amount necessary to meet purchase orders, in order to ensure the schedule flexibility requirements identified in Section 7.3 are achieved.  TDP will notify Back 2 Health quarterly in writing if lead times for any components, subassemblies, materials or supplies exceed forty (40) days and will quantify how much additional cancellation liability Back 2 Health will incur above and beyond the cancellation liability terms defined in Section 7.3.  If lead times for components, subassemblies, materials or supplies do not exceed ninety (90) days during the term of this Agreement, or any extensions thereof, TDP and Back 2 Health agree to abide by the reschedule flexibility and cancellation liability terms defined in Section 7.3.


7.

Shipments, Schedule Changes, Cancellation


7.1

Shipment Requirements .  All Products delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be suitably packed for shipment in accordance with Back 2 Health’s Specifications, marked for shipment to Back 2 Health’s destination specified in the applicable purchase order and delivered to a carrier or forwarding agent.  Shipment will be F.O.B. TDP’s Loveland manufacturing facility at which time risk of loss and title will pass to Back 2 Health.  All freight, insurance and other shipping expenses from the F.O.B. point, will be paid by Back 2 Health.


7.2

Meeting Delivery Dates .  TDP will make best effort to achieve 100% on-time delivery performance to the designated F.O.B. point.  “On-time” delivery is defined as within 2 days early and 2 days late of scheduled delivery date on purchase orders placed by Back 2 Health in accordance to this Agreement.  If due to TDP’s failure to make a timely shipment, the specified method of transportation would not permit TDP to meet the Delivery Date, the Products affected will be shipped by air transportation or other expedient means acceptable to Back 2 Health.  TDP will pay for any resulting increase in the freight cost over that which Back 2 Health would have been required to pay by the specified method of transportation.


7.3

Quantity Increases and Shipment Schedule Changes .   Back 2 Health may postpone, decrease, increase or cancel any Order by notice to TDP at any time prior to the Delivery Date.  If Back 2 Health postpones, decreases, or cancels an Order after TDP has accepted the order and commenced production (including parts procurement) TDP will be entitled to be reimbursed by Back 2 Health for actual costs including labor incurred by TDP as a direct result of such postponement, decrease or cancellation that are not recoverable by the shipment of the affected Products or associated raw materials to other purchasers.


8.

Prices And Payment Terms


8.1

Back 2 Health Product Prices .  The price for Products to be manufactured is set forth in Exhibit C and may be changed from time to time through purchase orders issued by Back 2 Health and accepted by TDP.  All pricing changes must be mutually agreed to by both parties.  TDP and Back 2 Health agree to review Back 2 Health Product prices quarterly and adjusted if appropriate and agreed upon by both parties.


8.2

Payment Procedure .  Invoices will be e-mailed in the form of a pdf file.  Payment for Back 2 Health Products will be paid due upon receipt until such time as TDP receives a credit application and approves Back 2 Health for net 30 day terms.  Payments for invoices will be in the form of company check based on Products completed in finished goods at TDP the prior week.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, associated freight expenses and duties will be paid directly by Back 2 Health.  Back 2 Health will not be liable for any costs related to or payments for unordered or Nonconforming Products.


8.3

Sales Taxes And Duties .  Prices are exclusive of all taxes or duties after delivery to the designated destination (other than taxes levied on TDP’s income) that TDP may be required to collect or pay upon shipment of the Back 2 Health Products.  Any such taxes or duties must appear as a separate item on TDP’s invoice.  Back 2 Health agrees to pay such taxes or duties unless Back 2 Health is exempt from such taxes or duties.  Where applicable, Back 2 Health will provide TDP with an exemption resale certificate.



7




8.4

Additional Costs.  Back 2 Health is responsible for (a) any expediting charges reasonably necessary because of a change in Back 2 Health’s Requirements, if such changes do not conform to established flexibility terms defined in Section 7 which charges are pre-approved (b) any reasonable overtime or downtime charges incurred as a result of delays in the normal production or interruption in the workflow process and caused by: (1) Back 2 Health’s change in the Specifications; or (2) Back 2 Health’s failure to provide sufficient quantities or a reasonable quality level of consigned materials where applicable to sustain the production schedule.  Back 2 Health caused delays as a result of consigned inventory will result in a special charge to Back 2 Health of 1% of the cost of the delayed materials.


9.

Product Acceptance and Warranties.


9.1

Product Acceptance.  Back 2 Health agrees that the product is deemed acceptable if Back 2 Health has not rejected the product within thirty (30) days after receipt by Back 2 Health.


9.2

Non-Complying Product.   TDP is expected to deliver 100% quality Product in conformance to all Products’ specifications, workmanship standards and quality requirements.  As Back 2 Health’s strategic quality partner, TDP is expected to institute appropriate quality controls at the factory to stop any defective product from shipping to Back 2 Health.  Back 2 Health’s intent is not to inspect each shipment coming from TDP, however, Back 2 Health reserves the right to audit TDP’s facilities and conduct source inspection. Back 2 Health and TDP will work together to jointly determine if Product is defective.  Back 2 Health may return defective Products (within 30 days of receipt), freight collect, after obtaining a return material authorization number (RMA#) from TDP to be displayed on the shipping container and completing the RMA form, Exhibit D provided by TDP.  TDP will not unreasonably withhold such return material authorization numbers.  Rejected Products will be promptly repaired and replaced, at TDP’s option, and returned freight pre-paid.


9.3

Express Limited Warranty.  TDP warrants that the Products will conform to Back 2 Health’s applicable Specifications and will be free from defects in workmanship for a period of 90 days.  Materials are warranted to the same extent that the original manufacturer warrants the materials.  This express limited warranty does not apply to (a) materials consigned or supplied by Back 2 Health to TDP; (b) defects resulting from Back 2 Health’s design of the Product; (c) Product that has been abused, damaged, altered or misused by any person or entity after title passes to Back 2 Health.  With respect to first articles, prototypes, pre-production units, test units or other similar products, TDP makes no representations or warranties whatsoever.  Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, TDP assumes no liability for or obligation related to the performance, accuracy, specifications, failure to meet specifications or defects of or due to tooling, designs or instructions produced or supplied by Back 2 Health and Back 2 Health shall be liable for costs or expenses incurred by TDP related thereto.  Upon any failure of a Product to comply with the above warranty, TDP’s sole obligation, and Back 2 Health’s sole remedy, is for TDP, at its option, to promptly repair or replace such unit and is limited to the purchase price of the product and return it to Back 2 Health freight pre-paid.  TDP will bear all costs of repairing defective Product within warranty.  Back 2 Health shall return Products covered by the warranty freight pre-paid after completing a failure report and obtaining a return material authorization number (RMA#) from TDP to be displayed on the shipping container.


TDP MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS ON THE PRODUCTS, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY, OR IN ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT OR COMMUNICATION WITH BACK 2 HEALTH, AND TDP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OR MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.


10.

Termination


10.1

If either party fails to meet any one or more of the terms and conditions as stated in this Agreement, TDP and Back 2 Health agree to negotiate in good faith to resolve such default. If the defaulting party fails to cure such default or submit an acceptable written plan to resolve such default



8



within thirty (30) days following notice of default, the non-defaulting party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by furnishing the defaulting party with thirty (30) days written notice of termination.


10.2

This Agreement shall immediately terminate should either party; (i) become insolvent; (ii) enter into or file a petition, arraignment or proceeding seeking an order for relief under the bankruptcy laws of its respective jurisdiction; (iii) enter into a receivership of any of its assets; or (iv) enter into a dissolution of liquidation of its assets or an assignment for the benefit of its creditors.


10.3

Either TDP or Back 2 Health may terminate this Agreement without cause by giving ninety (90) days advance written notice to the other party.  In the event of termination without cause, TDP will continue shipment of all orders accepted prior to the date of notice and Back 2 Health will remain obligated to accept and pay for such deliveries at the current pricing.


10.4

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, upon termination of this Agreement Back 2 Health agrees to reimburse TDP for all inventory purchased or manufactured and all charges or costs including labor  for which TDP may be liable or which TDP may have reasonably incurred in the course of performance of this Agreement.


11.

Liability Limitation


11.1

Patents, Copyrights, Trade Secrets, Other Proprietary Rights.  Back 2 Health shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless TDP from all costs, judgments and attorney’s fees arising from any claim that TDP’s manufacture of the Products under this Agreement directly infringes any third party patents, patent rights, copyrights or trade secrets.  TDP shall promptly notify Back 2 Health in writing of the initiation of any such claims, give Back 2 Health sole control of any defense or settlement, and provide Back 2 Health reasonable information and assistance in resolving such claim.  The preceding indemnity shall not apply, however, to any claims arising from the use by TDP of any materials, components or manufacturing processes not expressly specified by Back 2 Health.


THE FOREGOING STATES THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF BACK 2 HEALTH CONCERNING INFRINGEMENT OF PATENT, COPYRIGHT, TRADE SECRET OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.


11.2

Product Liability.  Back 2 Health agrees that, if notified promptly in writing and given sole control of the defense and all related settlement negotiations, it will defend TDP from any claim or action and will hold TDP harmless from any third party loss, damage or injury, including death, which arises from any alleged defect of Back 2 Health’s design of any Products.  Similarly, TDP agrees that, if notified promptly in writing and given sole control of the defense and all related settlement negotiations, it will defend Back 2 Health from any claim or action and will hold Back 2 Health harmless from any third party loss, damage, or injury, including death, which arises from any alleged workmanship defect of any Products.  As the Back 2 Health product does not have NRTL certification, TDP will not be responsible for any action related to the lack of this certification.


11.3

NO OTHER LIABILITY.  EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES CREATED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND EXCEPT AS SET FORTH OTHERWISE IN THIS AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SALE OF PRODUCTS, WHETHER SUCH LIABILITY IS ASSERTED ON THE BASIS OF CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING THE POSSIBILITY OF NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY), OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF THE PARTY HAS BEEN WARNED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE, AND EVEN IF ANY OF THE LIMITED REMEDIES IN THIS AGREEMENT FAIL OF THEIR ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.




9



12.

Force Majeure


12.1

If the event that either party is prevented from performing or is unable to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement (other than a payment obligation) due to any Act of God, fire, casualty, flood, earthquake, war, strike, lockout, epidemic, destruction of production facilities, riot, insurrection, material unavailability, or any other cause beyond the reasonable  control of the party invoking this section, and if such party shall have used its commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its effects, such party shall give prompt written notice to the other party, its performance shall be excused, and the time for the performance shall be extended for the period of delay or inability to perform due to such occurrences.  Regardless of the excuse of Force Majeure, if such party is not able to perform within ninety (90) days after such event, the other party may terminate the Agreement.  Termination of this Agreement shall not affect the obligations of either party which exist as of the date of termination.


13.

Miscellaneous


13.1

Confidential Information .  In connection with the performance of this Agreement, the parties may exchange confidential information, during the term of the Agreement.  All confidential information (and all rights therein, including but not limited to trade secrets) shall remain the property of the disclosing party. These obligations shall not apply to information which is (i) publicly known at the time of disclosure or becomes known through no fault of the recipient, (ii) known to recipient at the time of disclosure through no wrongful act, (iii) received by recipient from a third party without restrictions similar to those in this section or (iv) independently developed by recipient.  Neither party may transfer or disclose confidential information or assign their rights or obligations under this section without prior written consent of the disclosing party.  Upon termination of this Agreement all confidential information whether in paper or electronic form, shall be collected and returned to the disclosing party.


13.2

Independent Contractors .  Neither party shall, for any purpose, be deemed to be an agent of the other party and the relationship between the parties shall only be that of independent contractors.  Neither party shall have any right or authority to assume to create any obligations or to make any representations or warranties on behalf of any other party, whether express or implied, or to bind the other party in any respect whatsoever.


13.3

Successors, Assignment.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, assignees and legal representatives.  Neither party shall have the right to assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations under this Agreement except with the prior written consent of the other party, not to be unreasonably withheld.


13.4

Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties relating to such transactions.  Both parties shall hold the existence and terms of this Agreement confidential, unless it obtains the other party’s express written consent otherwise.  In all respects, this Agreement shall govern, and any other documents including, without limitation, preprinted terms and conditions on Back 2 Health’s purchase orders and TDP’s acknowledgements shall be of no effect.


13.5

Attorney’s Fees.  In the event of a default under this Agreement, the defaulting party shall pay the reasonable attorney’s fees and court costs incurred by the non-defaulting party in enforcing this agreement.


13.6

Amendments.

This Amendment may be amended only by written consent of both parties.


13.7

Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed in all respects by the laws of Colorado without reference to any choice of laws provisions.




10



AGREED AND APPROVED:


TDP, Inc.

BACK 2 HEALTH

 

By: /s/ Terry Precht                         

By: /s/ John B. Quam              


Name: Terry Precht                          

Name: John B. Quam              


Title: President                                

Title: President                        




11




EXHIBIT D


RETURN MATERIAL AUTHORIZATION FORM



Date:__________

RMA#_______________________


Item Being Returned:________________

Serial Number: _______________


Invoice Date to End User ____________


Customer:

  ______________________

 Phone Number: ________________

Department: ______________________      FAX Number:     _______________


Address:

______________________

  ______________________

City:

  ______________________

State:

  ______________________

Postal Code:     ______________________

Country:

  ______________________


Request for Repair:

(A complete description of the problem is essential for accurate diagnoses of your product.)




PACKING GUIDELINES FOR RETURNING PRODUCTS

Follow these packing instructions if sending the product for repair service.


·

Use the original shipping container(s) and packing materials, if available.

·

Return to the repair address listed below:


Attn: Repairs – RMA # _______________

TDP, Inc

 

4015 S. Lincoln Ave., Ste. 560

        Loveland, CO  80537



Note: Damage incurred due to improper transportation or packaging is not covered under the warranty



12


Nondisclosure Agreement



This agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into and effective as of 6 th day of February, 2007, between Precision Metal Manufacturing, Inc (a Colorado Corporation) located at 12555 West 52 nd Avenue, Arvada, Colorado 80002 and Back 2 Health, Ltd. located at 5373 North Union Bvld., Colorado Springs, Colorado  80918 (hereinafter collectively referred to as “the Parties”).


WHEREAS, the Parties contemplate entering into a business relationship regarding materials production: and


WHEREAS, Back 2 Health, Ltd. needs to disclose certain information to Precision Metal Manufacturing, Inc. regarding the potential business relationship:


NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the disclosure of Proprietary Information (as defined herein) to Precision Metal Manufacturing, Inc. the Parties agree as follows:


1.

Definition:


“Information” is defined as communications or data including, but not limited to, business information, marketing plans, technical or financial information, customer lists or proposals, trademark filings, patent applications, sketches, models, samples, drawings, specifications, whether conveyed in oral, written, graphic, or electromagnetic form or otherwise.


“Party” is defined as either entity executing this Agreement and any subsidiary, division, or parent company of such entity.


“Proprietary Information” is defined as that information owned or possessed by Back 2 Health Ltd. that Back 2 Health, Ltd. desires to protect as confidential against unrestricted disclosure or improper competitive use, and that is designated as such in the manner provided by this Agreement.


2.

All information that is disclosed by Back 2 Health, Ltd. (“Disclosing Party”) to Precision Metal Manufacturing, Inc. (“Receiving Party”) and that is to be protected hereunder by the Receiving Party as Proprietary Information:


(a)  in writing or other tangible form, shall be conspicuously labeled as “proprietary”,  “confidential”, or with words of similar importance at the time of delivery; and


(b)  if oral, shall concern only topics and scope agreed in advance, in writing, and shall be identified as “proprietary” or “confidential” prior to disclosure, and after disclosure shall be summarized in writing or other tangible form promptly, but in no event later than twenty (20) business days thereafter, and the summary shall be delivered to the Receiving Party consistent with Subparagraph 2(a) hereof.


3.

Proprietary Information of the Disclosing Party shall remain the property of the Disclosing Party.  Proprietary Information of the Disclosing Party shall be treated and safeguarded hereunder by the Receiving Party for a period of five (5) years from the date of disclosure.  The Receiving Party warrants that it applies reasonable safeguards against the unauthorized disclosure of Proprietary Information and that it will protect such Proprietary Information at least as securely as it protects it own Proprietary Information.


4.

The Receiving Party agrees that (i) the documents provided to the Receiving Party hereunder containing Proprietary Information of the Disclosing Party shall be used by the Receiving Party solely for the purpose of evaluating its interest in the business arrangements described or performing a future




agreement between the parties; (ii) it will not use such documents disclosed hereunder for any other purpose; and (iii) it will not distribute, disclose, or disseminate Proprietary Information to anyone except its employees with a need to know who are involved in the consideration or performance of the business arrangements described herein.


5.

This Agreement shall not apply to Information that:


(a)

is in or enters the public domain, through no fault of the Receiving Party; or


(b)

is or has been disclosed by the Disclosing Party to the other Party or the third party without restriction; or


(c)

is already in the possession of the Receiving Party, without restriction and prior to disclosure of the information hereunder; or


(d)

is or has been lawfully disclosed by a third party to the Receiving Party without an obligation of confidentiality; or


(e)

is developed by the Receiving Party independently of any breach of this Agreement; or


(f)

the applicable period of confidentiality pursuant to Paragraph 3 has ended.


Each Party may disclose any Proprietary Information to the extent that such Party has been advised by counsel that such disclosure is necessary to comply with the laws or regulations, provided that each Party shall give the other Party reasonable advance notice of such proposed disclosure, shall use its best efforts to assist Disclosing Party to secure confidential treatment of any such Proprietary Information and shall advise the other Party in writing of the manner of the disclosure.


6.

This Agreement shall terminate five (5) years from the date first written above, or upon ten (10) days written notice by either Party except the obligations of confidentiality pursuant to Paragraph 3, and the terms of Paragraph 4, shall continue for the period specified in Paragraph 3.


7.

Neither this Agreement nor the disclosure or receipt of Information shall constitute or imply a commitment by either Party with respect to present or future business arrangements or other subject matter not expressly set forth herein.


8.

The Receiving Party shall have, or shall enter into, agreements with its parent, divisions, subsidiary companies, and consultants that will safeguard the Proprietary Information disclosed hereunder consistent with the terms of this Agreement.  With respect to employees, the Receiving Party shall advise all employees who will have access to Proprietary Information as to their obligations contained herein.


9.

Except as expressly provided herein, no license or right is granted by the Disclosing Party to the Receiving Party under any patent, patent application, trademark, copyright, software, or trade secret.


10.

Any amendment to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by authorized officers of each Party.  No failure or delay in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof.


11.

At the Disclosing Party’s request, all Proprietary Information of the Disclosing Party in tangible form that is in the possession of the Receiving Party shall be returned to the Disclosing Party or destroyed.


12.

Each Party agrees that it will not disclose the subject matter or terms of this Agreement or the discussions between the Parties without the written consent of the other Party.





13.

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Colorado.


14.

If any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed invalid, unenforceable, or illegal, or if the period during which this Agreement is to remain effective is found to exceed the legally permissible period, then notwithstanding such invalidity, unenforceability, or illegality the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect during the maximum period legally permissible.


15.

A copy of this document may be executed by each party, separately, and when each party has executed a copy thereof, such copies taken together shall be deemed to be a full and complete agreement between the Parties.  Facsimile signatures shall be deemed the equivalent of original signatures.


16.

If a dispute relates to this Agreement, or its breach, and the parties have not been successful in resolving such dispute through negotiation, the parties agree to attempt to resolve the dispute through mediation by submitting the dispute to a sole mediator selected by the parties or, at any time at the option of a party, to arbitration by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”).  Each party shall bear its own expenses and an equal share of the expenses of the mediator or arbitrator and the fees of the AAA.  All defenses based on passage of time shall be suspended pending the termination of the mediation or arbitration.  Nothing in this clauses shall be construed to preclude any party from seeking injunctive relief in order to protect its rights pending mediation or arbitration.


17.

The Parties have read, agree to, and understand the above conditions.




Back 2 Health, Ltd.

PRECISION METAL MANUFACTURING, INC.

Company Name


/s/ John B. Quam

/s/ Brian J. Cirbo

Company Representative Signature

Company Representative Signature


John B. Quam

Brian J. Cirbo

Print Company Representative Name

Print Company Representative Name


President

Vice President

Company Representative Title

Company Representative Title


02/06/07

02/06/07

Date

Date



REDEMPTION AGREEMENT



THIS REDEMPTION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is entered into effective as of the ____ day of September, 2006 (the "Closing Date"), by and between B2 HEALTH, INC., a Delaware corporation, ("B2"),  and TRIUMPH CAPITAL, INC. , a Colorado corporation,("Triumph").


RECITALS


A.

Triumph is the record and beneficial owner of an aggregate of 62,500 shares of B2 Common Stock (the "B2 Shares" or the "B2 Common Stock").


B.

B2 desires to purchase and redeem and Triumph is willing to sell the B2 Shares in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinbelow set forth, the parties agree as follows:


1.

Purchase and Redemption of  B2 Shares .  Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, on the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) Triumph shall sell, assign, transfer and deliver to B2, and B2 shall purchase and redeem from Triumph, an aggregate of 62,500 of the B2 Shares, against delivery of the Purchase Price as hereinbelow set forth.  Triumph shall deliver to B2 on the Closing Date the certificate evidencing the B2 Shares, which Certificate shall be duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by an irrevocable assignment duly executed in blank, in each case in proper form for transfer.


2.

Purchase Price .  The purchase price for the B2 Shares shall be the aggregate amount of $25,000 (the "Purchase Price").  The Purchase Price shall be payable in cash or certified funds on the Closing Date.


3.

Representations and Warranties of Triumph .  Triumph hereby represents and warrants to B2 as follows:


(a)

Triumph warrants and represents that it is entering into this transaction with B2 freely and voluntarily and in agreeing to sell the B2 Shares is not relying upon any statement by B2, or its officers or directors, about B2 or its capital stock or the value thereof; nor is Triumph relying upon B2, or its officers or directors, as a source of information pertaining to B2 or its stock or the value thereof.  Triumph represents that it has had the opportunity to review materials pertaining to the financial condition of B2 and has been given access to full and complete information regarding B2 and has utilized such access to its satisfaction for the purpose of obtaining such information regarding B2 as Triumph has reasonably requested; and, particularly, Triumph has been given reasonable opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from representatives of B2 concerning B2's financial condition and results of operations.  The principals of Triumph have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that Triumph is able to make an informed investment decision with respect to the sale of the B2 Shares.  Triumph acknowledges that there exists no public trading market for the B2 Shares and that the Purchase Price for the B2 Shares was derived as a result of arm's length negotiations entered into without duress or undue influence.  




(b)

The execution and the delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by Triumph do not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of, or default under (or an event that, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default), any of the terms, provisions or conditions of the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company, or any material agreement or instrument to which Triumph is a party or by which Triumph is bound.


(c)

This Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on behalf of Triumph and has been duly executed and delivered by authorized officers of Triumph and is a valid and binding agreement on the part of the Triumph that is enforceable against the Triumph in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability hereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and to judicial limitations on the enforcement of the remedy of specific performance and other equitable remedies.


(d)

Triumph owns the  B2 Shares, both beneficially and of record, subject to no liens, encumbrances or rights of others, and has the right to transfer to B2 the entire right, title and interest in and to the B2 Shares.


4.

Payment of Expenses .  Each party will be liable for its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or performance of this Agreement, including without limitation, any legal, accounting, and other professional fees and expenses.


5.

Attorney's Fees for Claims .  In the event that a claim is brought by one party hereto against the other party hereto for breach of any provision hereof or otherwise arising out of the transaction to which this Agreement relates, the prevailing party shall be entitled to payment or reimbursement of the expenses incurred by it in connection with the litigation or the portion thereof as to which it prevails, including but not limited to, attorneys' fees and costs.


6.

Waiver .  Any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement may be waived at any time and from time to time in writing by the party entitled to the benefits thereof without affecting any other terms or conditions of this Agreement.  The waiver by any party hereto of any condition or breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of any other condition or other or subsequent breach.


7.

Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.


8.

Entire Agreement .  This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.  No representation, promise, inducement or statement of intention has been made by either party which is not embodied in this Agreement and no party shall be bound by or liable for any alleged representation, promise, inducement or statement of intention not so set forth.


9.

Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements .  All representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall survive the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby for a period of two years immediately following the Closing Date.  All



2



agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement not fully performed as of the Closing Date shall survive the Closing Date and continue thereafter until fully performed or until the time for further performance has expired.


10.

Severability .  In case any provision in this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.


11.

Third Party Beneficiaries .  Each party hereto intends that this Agreement shall not benefit or create any right or cause of action in or on behalf of any person other than the parties hereto.


12.

Fax/Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed by telex, telecopy or other facsimile transmission, and may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall together constitute one agreement.  


13.

Litigation .  Any litigation commenced which is based in whole or in part upon claims under or in connection with this Agreement or the transaction contemplated hereby shall be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction (state or federal) in the United States of America.


14.

General .  This Agreement  shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado, may not be transferred or assigned by any party hereto, other than by operation of law, and shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon B2 and Triumph and their respective successors and assigns; and may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  The section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the  meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.


B2 HEALTH, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation


By: /s/ John Quam

      John Quam, President





TRIUMPH CAPITAL, INC. , a Colorado corporation


By: /s/ Stephen G. Calandrella

       Stephen G. Calandrella, President



3


INVESTOR SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT


FOR


B2 HEALTH, INC.



Persons interested in purchasing shares ("Shares") of Common Stock of B2 Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") must complete, execute, and deliver this Subscription Agreement (the "Agreement") along with their check made payable to “B2 Health, Inc. Escrow Account, Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc., Escrow Agent” to:


B2 Health, Inc.

7750 N. Union Blvd., Suite 201

Colorado Springs, CO  80920


If and when accepted by the Company, this Agreement shall constitute a subscription for shares of Common Stock, $.0001 par value per share of the Company.


The Company reserves the right to reject in its entirety any subscription which is tendered or to allocate to any prospective purchaser a smaller number of shares than the prospective purchaser has subscribed to purchase.  In such event, the Company will return to you at the address set forth in this Agreement your payment (or a pro rata portion of your payment, if such subscription is rejected only in part), without interest or deduction.


An accepted copy of this Agreement will be returned to you as your receipt, and a stock certificate will be issued to you shortly thereafter.


I/we hereby tender this Agreement for the purchase of ________  shares, at a price of $1.00 per share.  With this Agreement, I/we tender payment in the amount of $________ ($1.00 per share) for the shares subscribed.


In connection with this investment in the Company, I/we represent and warrant as follows:


a.       Prior to tendering payment for the shares, I/we received and reviewed the Company's prospectus dated March ____, 2007,  and have relied on no other information or materials in reaching my/our investment decision.


b.       I/we represent and warrant that no broker-dealer or member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. has participated or been involved in any manner whatsoever in my investment decision.


c.       I am/we are bona fide resident(s) of   

                                

____________________________

                                                              (State)

         

_____________________________

                    

(Country)





d.

I/we understand and agree that this subscription agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Fund Escrow Agreement more fully described in the Company’s prospectus


Please register the shares which I am/we are purchasing as follows:


         Name: _____________________________________________

              


As (check one):


____

Individual

____

Tenants-in-Common

                                                     

____

Partnership   

____

Joint Tenants

                                                     

____

Corporation

____

Trust

                                                     

____

Minor with adult custodian

         

Under the Uniform Gift

         

to Minors Act


For the person(s) who will be registered shareholder(s):



Name: __________________________

Telephone: ______________________


Social Security or Taxpayer ID number: ______________________________________


Street Address:

________________________________________


_____________________________________________________

City              State    Zip              


Date of Birth: ________________________



______________________________________

____________________________

Signature                                   

Date



ACCEPTED BY:   B2 HEALTH, INC.



By: ____________________________________

_____________________________

                                        Date:                            

Its: ____________________________________

         



CREDIT AGREEMENT



THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made effective as of April 3, 2007, between B2 HEALTH, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Borrower"); and JOHN R. OVERTURF, JR., ("Lender").


RECITALS


WHEREAS, Borrower is desirous of obtaining from Lender a credit facility to be used in the operation of its business; and


WHEREAS, Borrower represents that the availability of additional credit will benefit Borrower and its business; and


WHEREAS, Lender is willing to provide such credit as requested by Borrower and to make loans thereunder, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, Borrower and Lender hereby covenant and agree as follows:


1.

TERMS OF BORROWING .


a.

Credit Facility .  Subject to the following terms and conditions, Lender shall make a credit facility available to Borrower (the "Credit Facility") in the maximum amount of $50,000 (the "Maximum Credit Balance") pursuant to which Lender will make loans to Borrower (each an "Advance") in such amounts as Borrower may request from time to time; provided, however, that with each request for an Advance, Borrower shall disclose to Lender in writing the proposed use of such Advance and Lender shall have the right to reject such request if Lender, using objective good faith determines that the proposed use as disclosed by Borrower is commercially unreasonable.  The aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Advances made hereunder may not exceed the Maximum Credit Balance.  Amounts borrowed under the Credit Facility may be repaid prior to the Termination Date (defined below) without penalty or premium, and may be reborrowed subject to the terms hereof.


i.

Lender's commitment to lend hereunder terminates on December 31, 2007 (the "Initial Termination Date"), provided that such commitment and this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one-year periods (each a "Successive Termination Date"), unless Lender provides notice of termination to Borrow within thirty (30) days of the Initial Termination Date or any Successive Termination Date, which date shall then be known as the "Termination Date",  or if not sooner terminated under Section 8 below.


ii.

Lender shall not be obligated to make any Advance which would cause the outstanding principal balance of the Credit Facility plus accrued and unpaid interest (the "Credit Balance") to exceed the Maximum Credit Balance.


iii.

Lender shall not be obligated to make any Advance if an Event of Default, as defined in Section 7 below, or an event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default (a "Potential Default") has occurred and has not been waived by Lender or cured by Borrower, or being cured by Borrower with diligence and dispatch.


iv.

Lender shall not be obligated to make and Advance if Lender disapproves of the proposed use thereof by Borrower as disclosed by Borrower in connection with Borrower's request for such Advance.


b.

Credit Notes; Convertible Debentures .  Borrower's indebtedness to Lender for amounts borrowed under each Advance under the Credit Facility and for interest accrued thereon shall be evidenced by Borrower's separate Convertible Debenture to Lender, on form of Convertible Debenture attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference in the amount of each Advance, not to exceed in the aggregate the Maximum Credit Balance (individually, the "Credit Note"). Each Credit Note shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Security Agreement given hereunder.


c.

Interest .  Borrower agrees to pay interest on the Credit Balance from time to time as provided herein.  Interest will accrue on the daily outstanding Credit Balance at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum.  Interest, including default interest,  shall be payable, at the option of Lender, either in cash or in shares of Borrower’s common stock valued at $0.50 per share. Accrued interest shall be due on the Termination Date.


d.

Interest Calculation .  Interest shall be computed using the actual number of days in the period for which such computation is made and a per diem rate equal to 1/365 of the rate per annum.


e.

Default Interest .  After the occurrence of an Event of Default and any necessary acceleration of maturity of the Credit Note, at Lender's option, the interest rate applicable to the Credit Note may be increased to the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum.


f.

Repayment of Principal .  Borrower agrees to repay all Advances made hereunder only if Lender elects not to exercise its conversion rights set forth in paragraph 1(h) below.  The Credit Balance will be due and payable on but not prior to the Termination Date (the "Maturity Date"), subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and subject further to Lender's right to convert the Credit Balance in accordance with the terms of the Notes.  Borrower may not prepay the loan in whole or in part prior to the Maturity Date without the written consent of Lender.


g.

Method of Borrowing .  Requests for Advances may be submitted by Borrower in writing utilizing the Advance Request Certificate in the form of Appendix A hereto.  Lender shall be entitled to honor any such request it reasonably believes to be genuine, whether or not the person making the request is named as an authorized party in the Authority to Borrow furnished Lender by Borrower. Requests for advances shall be made in maximum increments of $5,000 and, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender shall deliver Advances within 30 days of Lender’s



1



receipt of an Advance Request Certificate from Borrower.  Advances shall be disbursed directly to Borrower or as determined by Lender with the consent of the Borrower.  


h.

Conversion of Credit Balance to Common Stock of Borrower .  At any time during the term of this Agreement, Lender may convert the then outstanding Credit Balance, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, or any portion thereof, into shares of Borrower’s common stock at the conversion price equal to $0.50 per share in accordance with the terms of the applicable Credit Note(s).


i.

Financing Fees.  As additional consideration to Lender for making the Advances hereunder, Borrower shall grant and issue to Lender 10 shares of common stock of Borrower for every $1,000 of the maximum Credit Balance under this Agreement.  Such Financing Fee shall be paid on the Initial Termination Date.  

 

2.

COLLATERAL .


Collateral .  The repayment of all of Borrower's indebtedness to Lender shall be secured by a senior lien and security interest created by a Security Agreement covering all of Borrower’s tangible and intangible assets (the “Security Agreement”).  Hereafter, Borrower shall from time to time execute and deliver to Lender such other documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and perform such other acts as Lender may reasonably request, to perfect and maintain a valid senior security interest in the Collateral.


3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .


To induce Lender to enter into this Agreement, Borrower represents and warrants as follows:


a.

Formation .  Borrower is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and is duly qualified or licensed and in good standing to do business as a foreign entity in all jurisdictions in which Borrower does business.


b.

Borrower's Authorization .  The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Agreement and the Credit Note are within Borrower's powers, have been authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not contravene Borrower's Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws, violate any provision of law or result in a material breach of or default under any other material agreement to which Borrower is a party.


c.

Litigation .  There is no pending or threatened action, claim, investigation, lawsuit or proceeding affecting Borrower before any court, governmental agency, arbitrator or arbitration panel, which if decided adversely to Borrower would have a material adverse affect on the financial condition or operations of Borrower ("Material Litigation").


d.

Valid Obligations .  This Agreement constitutes, and the Credit Notes when delivered hereunder will be, legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement may be limited by



2



bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity.


e.

Taxes.  Borrower (i) has filed all tax reports and returns, if any, required to be filed, including but not limited to reports and returns concerning income, franchise, employment, sales and use, and property taxes; (ii) has paid all of its tax liabilities, if any, which were due on or prior to the date hereof, or being contested in good faith by Borrower through applicable proceedings; and (iii) is not aware of any pending investigation by any taxing authority nor of any pending assessments or adjustments which would materially increase its tax liability.


f.

Collateral and Liens .  Borrower is the legal and beneficial owner of and has good and marketable title to the property granted by it as collateral hereunder, free from any lien, encumbrance or restriction whatsoever and it has full power and authority to grant the security interest in such property as collateral.


g.

No Default in Other Agreements .  Borrower is not in default under any agreement by which it has obtained the right to make and sell any of the services or other products sold and/or provided by it.


h.

Guaranty .  Borrower has not guaranteed or agreed to be liable in any way as surety for, or pledge or hypothecate any assets as security for, any liability or obligation of any person or entity.


4.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT .


a.

Conditions Precedent to Initial Advance .  The obligation of Lender to make the initial Advance under this Agreement is subject to the condition precedent that Lender shall have received on or before the day of such Advance the following, if requested by Lender, each in form and substance satisfactory to Lender:


i.

the Credit Note duly executed;


ii.

certified copies of the resolutions of the Directors of Borrower approving this Agreement and the Credit Note, and of all documents evidencing other necessary action and approvals, if any, with respect to this Agreement and the Credit Note;


iii.

a certificate of the President and Secretary of Borrower certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of such corporation authorized to sign this Agreement and the Credit Note; and


iv.

a certificate of the Delaware Secretary of State certifying that Borrower is a corporation duly organized and in good standing under the laws of such State.




3



b.

Conditions Precedent to All Advances .  The obligation of Lender to make each Advance (including the initial Advance) shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that on the date of such Advance, the following statements shall be true:


i.

the representations and warranties contained in Section 3 are correct on and as of the date of such Advance as though made on and as of such date;


ii.

no event has occurred and is continuing; or would result from such Advance, which constitutes an Event of Default or Potential Default; and


iii.

Borrower shall have executed and delivered to Lender an Advance Request Certificate and shall have disclosed in writing to Lender the proposed use of such Advance and Lender, in its sole discretion, shall have approved such use.


iv.

Lender shall have received such other approvals, opinions or documents as Lender may reasonably request, and Lender's legal counsel is reasonably satisfied as to all legal matters incident to the making of such Advance.


5.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS .


So long as any Credit Balance of Borrower to Lender remains unpaid or Lender has any commitment to lend hereunder, Borrower will:


a.

Accounting Records .  Maintain adequate books and accounting records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") consistently applied with prior periods, and permit any representative of Lender, during normal business hours upon five (5) days prior written notice, to inspect and audit such books and records and procedures and properties;


b.

Maintenance of Property .  Maintain and preserve all of its properties and assets necessary or useful in the performance of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and the non-maintenance and preservation of which would cause a material adverse effect on the business, operations, results of operations or property of the Borrower;


c.

Corporate Existence .  Preserve and maintain its existence and rights and franchises in the State of Delaware, and qualify and remain qualified and in good standing as a foreign entity in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is necessary in view of its operation or ownership of its properties;


d.

Reporting .  Furnish Lender the following as soon as available and in any event:


i.

within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, a copy of the annual financial statements of Borrower as at the end of such fiscal year, including a balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flow; and




4



ii.

within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter (a) Borrower's internally prepared statements of financial condition as at the end of such quarter, including a balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flow, prepared substantially in accordance with GAAP, and (b) an itemized report of Borrower's accounts receivable and accounts payable, indicating the aging of all thereof;


e.

Payment of Obligations .  Pay or discharge when due all obligations including but not limited to wages, trade accounts, and taxes of all kinds, except those which Borrower is in good faith contesting by appropriate proceedings, and the non-payment or discharge of which would cause a material adverse effect on the business, operations, results of operations or property of the Borrower;


f.

Notice of Default, Change in Entity or Litigation .  Promptly notify Lender in writing of (i) the occurrence of any Event of Default or Potential Default; (ii) any change in its name, address, form of entity or organizational or capital structure; or (iii) the threat of or commencement of any Material Litigation; and


g.

Compliance with Laws .  Comply in all material respects, with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, and the non-compliance of which would cause a material adverse effect on the business, operations, results of operations or property of the Borrower.


h.

Conduct of Business .  Maintain and conduct the business of Borrower in the ordinary course without any material change in the nature of Borrower's business.


i.

Budget .  Prepare quarterly and annual operating budgets, which shall be subject to Lender's review and approval.


6.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS .


So long as any Credit Balance of Borrower to Lender remains unpaid or Lender has any commitment to lend hereunder, without the prior written consent of Lender, Borrower will not:


a.

Use of Funds .  Use any of the amounts loaned to it by Lender pursuant to this Agreement for any purpose except for the purpose disclosed by Borrower;


b.

Guaranty .  Guarantee or become liable in any way as surety for, or pledge or hypothecate any assets as security for, any liability or obligation of any other person or entity, and the guarantee or liability of which would cause a material adverse effect on the business, operations, results of operations or property of the Borrower;


c.

Merger or Sale .  Authorize or effect the merger or consolidation of the Company with any other person or entity; or enter into any joint venture or partnership with any other person or entity; or authorize or effect the sale, lease, license, abandonment or other disposition of all or any substantial portion of the assets of the Company;




5



d.

Acquisition of Assets.  Acquire any person, corporation or entity, or any substantial portion of the assets of any other person, corporation or entity.


e.

Debt .  Subsequent to the date of this Agreement, create, incur, assume or permit to exist, any Debt, except Debt to Lender, and Debt incurred by Borrower in the ordinary course of business for the acquisition of goods or services.  Debt means (i) indebtedness for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of goods or services; (ii) obligations as lessee under leases which shall have been or should be, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, recorded as capital leases; (iii) obligations under direct or indirect guaranties in respect of, and obligations (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire, or otherwise assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness or obligations of Borrower of the kinds referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above; and (iv) liabilities in respect of unfunded vested benefits under plans covered by Title IV of ERISA.


f.

Liens .  Create or suffer any senior lien against any of the property granted or pledged to Lender as collateral, except (i) liens created under the Security Agreement; (ii) liens for taxes not yet due and payable; (iii) mechanic's, materialman's, shipper's or warehouseman's liens for services or materials, and landlord's liens for rents not yet due; and (iv) liens securing any permitted purchase money Debt if such liens do not encumber any property other than the property for which such purchase money Debt was incurred.


g.

Nature of Business .  Materially change the scope or nature of its business.


h.

Distributions to Shareholders .  Pay or declare any dividends, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its capital stock, or make any other distributions of any property to any of its shareholders as such.


i.

Increase in Compensation .  Implement an increase in the total compensation paid to any executive officer.


j.

Related Party Transactions .  Enter into any contract, agreement, transaction, commitment or arrangement with any Director, Executive Officer, Shareholder or affiliate of the Company (“Related Party”), including, without limitation, make any loans or extension of credit to any Related Party.


k.

Change of Control .  Enter into any transaction or agreement providing for a Change of Control of the Borrower.  For the purposes of this Agreement, "Change of Control" means any transaction of the Borrower involving (i) the merger or consolidation of the Borrower into or with another entity where the Borrower's shareholders receive less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of the new or continuing entity, (ii) the sale or all or substantially all of the Company's assets or properties, (iii) any person not already a shareholder of the Borrower becoming a beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of the securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Borrower's then outstanding securities, (iv) a change in the majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower, or (v) the Borrower terminating its business or liquidating its assets.




6



l.

Charter Documents .  Amend, repeal or change, directly or indirectly, any of the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company.


m.

Additional Issuances .  Authorize or effect the grant, sale or issuance of any additional shares of common stock, preferred stock, or options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of equity securities of the Company, or any debt convertible into shares of equity securities of the Company or any other rights to acquire any such equity interest in the Company.


n.

Liquidations or Recapitalization .  Authorize or effect any transaction that results, directly or indirectly, in the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or effect a recapitalization or reorganization of the Company in any form of transaction.


7.

DEFAULT .


If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing, it shall be an event of default ("Event of Default"):


a.

Non-Payment .  Borrower fails to pay any principal of or interest on the Credit Notes or any other sums payable by Borrower to Lender pursuant to this Agreement when due, or Borrower fails to pay any interest on the Credit Note within ten (10) days after any such sum is due and payable;


b.

Representations .  Any representation or warranty made by Borrower herein proves to have been incorrect in any material respect when made;


c.

Breach of Negative Covenants .  Borrower fails to observe or comply with any of the covenants in Section 6 of this Agreement;


d.

Breach of Covenants .  Borrower fails to perform or observe any other term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those referred to in Sections 7(a) and 7(c)) and such failure has not been cured within thirty (30) days after Lender has notified Borrower of such failure;


e.

Insolvency .  Borrower shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against Borrower seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property; and any such action or proceeding is not discharged within sixty (60) days from the date that it was instituted or Borrower shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this subsection;


f.

Judgments .  Any judgment or order for the payment of money shall be rendered against Borrower and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (ii) there shall be any period of ten (10) consecutive days



7



during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect;


g

Change in Management .  Any of the officers in place as of the date hereof cease to be employed in such capacities or the authority or responsibility of any such officer is materially reduced; or


h.

Default on Other Debt .  Borrower shall fail to pay any material Debt (as defined in Section 6(e), other than Debt evidenced by the  Credit Notes) or any interest or premium thereon when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Debt; or any other default or event under any agreement or instrument relating to any such Debt shall occur and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such default or event is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Debt; or any such Debt shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment), prior to the stated maturity thereof.


8.

REMEDIES .


Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Lender shall have the right upon five (5) business days’ written notice to Borrower:


a.

Further Loans .  To terminate its commitment to make Advances;


b.

Acceleration .  To declare the Credit Balance and all interest accrued thereon and all other amounts payable under this Agreement to be immediately due and payable whereupon all such indebtedness of Borrower to Lender shall become and be immediately due and payable, and subject to applicable law, without presentment, demand, protest, or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower; and


c.

Other Rights .  To exercise any other rights or remedies available to it whether under this Agreement, the Credit Notes, or at law or in equity.


9.

MISCELLANEOUS .


a.

Waiver .  No waiver by Lender of any of its rights and privileges under this Agreement nor any consent of Lender to any failure to comply with the terms hereof by Borrower shall be effective unless made in writing and signed by Lender.  No waiver by Lender of any default or of any right to enforce this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any other default, or of the same default on a future occasion, or of the right to enforce this Agreement on any future occasion.  No delay in or discontinuance of the enforcement of this Agreement, nor the acceptance by Lender of installments of principal or interest after the occurrence of any Event of Default, shall operate as a waiver of any defaults.


b.

Rights Cumulative .  The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies afforded by any security agreement, promissory note or



8



other agreement executed in connection herewith, or provided by law.  Lender's remedies may be exercised concurrently or separately, in any order, and the election of one remedy shall not be deemed a waiver of any other remedy.


c.

Expenses .  Borrower will pay to Lender on demand all expenses, including reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys, paid or incurred by Lender, in connection with the collection of Advances pursuant to this Agreement.


d.

Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower, Lender and their respective successors and assigns.  However, Borrower shall not be permitted to assign or otherwise transfer any rights under this Agreement without Lender's prior written consent.


e.

GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, GOVERNED BY AND ENFORCED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF COLORADO, WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS PRINCIPLES PERTAINING TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS.


f.

Notices .  All notices, requests and demands given to or made upon either party must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given or made when personally delivered or two (2) days after having been deposited in the United States Mail, first class postage prepaid, addressed as follows:


If to Borrower:

B2 Health, Inc.

7750 N. Union Blvd., Suite # 201

Colorado Springs, CO  80920


If to Lender:

John R. Overturf, Jr.

7750 N. Union Blvd., Suite # 201

Colorado Springs, CO  80920


g.

Accounting Terms .  All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, except as otherwise stated herein.


h.

Recitals .  The recitals to this Agreement and any definitions set forth therein are made a part hereof and incorporated in this Agreement.


i.

Entire Agreement .  The following documents contain the entire agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter hereof: this Agreement, the Credit Notes and the Security Agreement (collectively, the "Relevant Documents").  Any representation, understanding or promise concerning the subject matter hereof, which is not expressly set forth in any of the Relevant Documents, shall not be enforceable by any party hereto or its successors or assigns.  In the event of conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any other Relevant Document, the terms of this Agreement shall govern.




9



IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement the date first stated above for the purposes set forth herein.


B2 HEALTH, INC.




By: /s/  John Quam

/s/ John R. Overturf, Jr.

Name:  John Quam

John R. Overturf, Jr.

Title: President



10




APPENDIX A


ADVANCE REQUEST CERTIFICATE


Pursuant to Section 4(b) of that certain Credit Agreement by and among B2 Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”) and yourself dated _______ __, 2007 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), Borrower hereby requests an advance from you under the Agreement for an amount equal to [____________] ($___________) .  All capitalized but undefined terms used herein shall have the meaning attributed to them in the Credit Agreement.

In connection with this Advance Request, the Borrower certifies to you as follows:


(1)

All representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date hereof;


(2)

Borrower is in compliance with all the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement, the Security Agreement and of the Notes, and no condition, event, or act exists which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an event of default under any of such documents; and


(3)

No material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, of the Borrower has occurred that would adversely affect the ability of the Borrower to meet and carry out its obligations under the Credit Agreement, the Security Agreement or the Notes, or to perform the transactions contemplated thereby.


(4)

The proceeds of the Advance will be used solely for the following corporate purposes:






B2 HEALTH, INC.



Dated __________ __, 200_

By:

Title:








EXHIBIT A

Form of Credit Note


The Securities in the form of the Secured Convertible Debenture of B2 Health, Inc. have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or under any state securities laws.  Such securities cannot be sold, transferred, assigned or otherwise disposed, except in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state securities laws.


SECURED CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE


$__________________

____________________


FOR VALUE RECEIVED, B2 HEALTH, INC. , a Delaware corporation, and its successors and assigns (the "Maker"), promises to pay to the order of JOHN R. OVERTURF, JR., ("Holder") at 7750 N. Union Blvd., Suite # 201, Colorado Springs, CO  80920 or at such other place as Holder may from time to time designate in writing, the principal sum of _________________________________________ Dollars ($____________) in lawful money of in lawful money of the United States of America, together with interest on so such thereof as is from time to time outstanding at the rate hereinafter provided, and payable as hereinafter provided.

This Secured Convertible Debenture (this “Debenture” ) is one of an authorized series of Maker’s convertible Debentures issued in varying denominations, numbered consecutively and limited to the aggregate principal amount of  $50,000 (the “Debebtures” ).  The Debentures are and will be issued under and pursuant to a Credit Agreement dated March 30, 2007 between Maker, as Borrower, and Holder, as Lender (the "Credit Agreement").  Maker’s obligations under the Debentures are secured by certain property of Maker, as set forth in that certain security agreement of even date herewith between Maker and the Holder of the Debentures (the “Security Agreement” ).

1.

Interest Rate .  The unpaid principal balance of this Debenture shall bear interest commencing on the date of each Advance made to Maker by the Holder hereof at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum. Accrued interest shall be payable, at the option of Holder, either in cash or in shares of Maker’s common stock valued at $0.50 per share.


2.

Payment/Maturity Date .  Subject to the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement of even date herewith, by and between the Maker and the Holder, and the Security Agreement, the principal balance hereof and accrued and unpaid interest shall be due and payable in full on but not before December 31, 2007.  The principal balance hereof and accrued and unpaid interest may be repaid by Maker only with the written consent of Holder.


3.

Default Interest and Attorney Fees .  Upon declaration of a default hereunder, the balance of the principal remaining unpaid, interest accrued thereon, and all other costs, and fees shall bear interest at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum from the date or default, or the date of advance, as applicable.  In the event of default, the Maker and all other parties liable hereon agree to pay all costs of collection, including reasonable attorneys' fees.







4.

Interest Calculation .  Daily interest shall be calculated on a 365-day year and the actual number of days in each month.


5.

Prepayment .  Maker may not prepay the unpaid principal balance of this Debenture in whole or in part.


6.

Conversion .


a.

Optional Conversion Right .  Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph 6, all or any portion of the principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest outstanding on the Debenture may, at any time at the option of the Holder, be converted into fully-paid and non-assessable shares of common stock of Maker ("Common Stock"), $.0001 par value.


b.

Applicable Conversion Value .  Subject to the adjustments provided for herein, the price per share at which the Debenture may be converted into common stock (the "Applicable Conversion Value") shall be equal to $0.50 per share.


c.

Adjustments for Capital Reorganization, Reclassification or Transfer or Assets .  In the event the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Debenture shall be changed into the same or different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise, or in the event Maker shall at any time issue Common Stock by way of dividend or other distribution on any stock of Maker, or subdivide or combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then in each such event the Holder shall have the right thereafter, but not the obligation, to exercise such Debenture and receive the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such reorganization, reclassifica­tion or other change by holders of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Debenture might have been exercised immediately prior to such organization, reclassification or change.  In the case of any such reorganization, reclassification or change, the Conversion Value shall also be appropriately adjusted so as to maintain the aggregate Conversion Value.  Further, in case of any such consolidation or merger of Maker with or into another corporation in which consolidation or merger Maker is not the continuing corporation, or in case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation of the property of Maker as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, Maker shall cause effective provision to be made so that the Holder shall have the right thereafter, by converting the Debenture, to purchase the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance by holders of the number of share of Common Stock into which such Debenture might have been exercised immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, which provision shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Debenture.  The foregoing provisions shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, capital reorganizations and changes of shares of Common Stock and to successive consolida­tions, mergers, sales or conveyances.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment of the Conversion Value shall be made as a result of or in connection with (1) the issuance of Common Stock of Maker pursuant to options, warrants and share purchase agreements now in effect or hereafter outstanding or created, (2) the establishment of option plans of Maker, the modification, renewal or extension of any plan now in effect or hereafter created, or the issuance of Common Stock upon exercise of any options pursuant to such plans, (3) the issuance of Common Stock in connection with an acquisition, consolidation or merger of any type in which Maker is the continuing corporation, or (4) the issuance of Common Stock in consideration






of such cash, property or service as may be approved by the Board of Directors of Maker and permitted by applicable law.


d.

Continuation of Terms .  Upon any reorganization, consolidation or merger referred to in this Paragraph 6, the Debenture shall continue in full force and effect until conversion by the Holder and the terms hereof shall be applicable to the shares of stock and other securities and property receivable on the conversion of any Debenture after the consummation of such reorganization, consolidation, merger of any similar event and shall be binding upon the issuer of any such stock or other securities, including, in the case of any such transfer, the person acquiring all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Maker whether or not such person shall have expressly assumed the terms of the Debenture.


e.

Anti-Dilution Provisions .


(i)

Adjustments of Exercise Price .  If prior to the expiration of this Debenture by conversion or by its terms, the Company should issue or sell any shares of Common Stock (except (a) pursuant to warrants, options and securities convertible into common stock issued by the Company and outstanding on the date this Debenture, (b) to officers, directors, or employees of the Company or any subsidiary, and to certain consultants and contractors who perform substantial services for the Company, pursuant to a management or key employee bonus or incentive plan approved by the Board of Directors prior to the date of this Debenture, or (c) in consideration for property or services) for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale, then forthwith upon such issue or sale, the Conversion Price shall be reduced to a price (computed to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying the existing Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which is  the sum of (i) (w) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale plus (x) the number of shares which, when multiplied by the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale would equal the consideration received by the Company upon such issue or sale, and the denominator of which is (ii) the sum of (y) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before such issue or sale plus (z) the number of additional shares issued.


(ii)

Adjustment for Dividends .  In the event the Company shall make or issue, or shall have issued, or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of common stock entitled to receive a dividend or the distribution (other than a distribution otherwise provided for herein) payable in (a) securities of the Company other than shares of common stock or (b) assets (including cash paid or payable out of capital or capital surplus or surplus created as a result of a revaluation of property, but excluding the cumulative dividends payable with respect to an authorized series of Preferred Stock), then and in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of Debentures shall receive upon conversion thereof in addition to the number of shares of common stock receivable thereupon, the number of securities or such other assets of the Company which they would have received had their Debentures been converted into common stock on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the conversion date, retained such securities or such other assets receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, giving application to all adjustments called for during such period under this paragraph  with respect to Debenture holders.







(iii)

Adjustment for Capital Reorganization or Reclassification .  If the common stock issuable upon the conversion of the Debentures shall be changed into the same or different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise then and in each such event the holder of the Debentures shall have the right thereafter to exercise such Debentures and receive the kind an amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such reorganization, reclassification or other change by holders of the number of shares of common stock into which such Debenture might have been exercised immediately prior to such reorganization, reclassification or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.


(iv)

Convertible Securities .  For the purpose of the adjustment provided for in section (iv) of this Paragraph 6(e), if at any time or from time to time after the date of this Debenture the Company shall issue any rights or options for the purchase of, or stock or other securities convertible into, additional shares of common stock (such convertible stock or securities being hereafter referred to as "convertible securities,") then and in such event, whether or not the convertible security is actually converted or exercised to acquire additional shares of Common Stock, such convertible securities shall be deemed to have been so converted or exercised, in which event the conversion value or exercise price of the convertible securities shall be treated as the consideration per share received by the Company for such securities for the purpose of determining the adjustment, if any, provided for in Subsection (i) of this paragraph.


(v)

Adjustment of Number of Shares .  Anything in this Certificate to the contrary notwithstanding, in case the Company shall at any time issue Common Stock or Convertible Securities by way of dividend or other distribution on any stock of the Company or subdivide or combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price shall be proportionately decreased in the case of such issuance (on the day following the date fixed for determining shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution) or decreased in the case of such subdivision or increased in the case of such combination (on the date that such subdivision or combination shall become effective).


(vi)

No Adjustment for Small Amounts .  Anything in this paragraph to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be required to give effect to any adjustment in the Conversion Price unless and until the net effect of one or more adjustments, determined as above provided, shall have required a change of the Converion Price by at least one cent, but when the cumulative net effect of more than one adjustment so determined shall be to change the actual Conversion Price by at least one cent, such change in the Conversion Price shall thereupon be given effect.


(vii)

Number of Shares Adjusted .  Upon any adjustment of the Conversion Price, the Holder of this Debenture shall thereafter (until another such adjustment) be entitled to purchase, at the new Conversion Price, the number of shares, calculated to the nearest full share, obtained by multiplying the number of shares of Common Stock initially issuable upon exercise of this Debenture by the Conversion Price in effect on the date hereof and dividing the product so obtained by the new Conversion Price.


(viii)

Common Stock Defined .  Whenever reference is made in this paragraph 6(e) to the issue or sale of shares of Common Stock, the term "Common Stock" shall mean






the Common Stock of the Company of the class authorized as of the date hereof and any other class of stock ranking on a parity with such Common Stock.  However, subject to the provisions of paragraph 6 hereof, shares issuable upon exercise hereof shall include only shares of the class designated as Common Stock of the Company as of the date hereof.


f.

Exercise of Conversion Privilege .  To exercise its conversion privilege or in the event of the automatic conversion of the Debenture, the Holder shall surrender such Debenture, or recognize partial prepayment therefor, being converted to Maker at its principal office, and shall give written notice to Maker at that office that Holder is delivering the Debenture for conversion or recognizing partial prepayment.  Such notice shall also state the name or names (with address or addresses) in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be issued.  The Debenture, if  surrendered for conversion shall be accompanied by proper assignment thereof to the Company or in blank.


g.

Notice of Record Date .  In the event of:


(1)

any taking by Maker of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, or


(2)

any capital reorganization of Maker, any reclassifica­tion or recapitalization of the capital stock of Maker, any merger or consolidating of Maker or a transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the company to any other corpora­tion, or any other entity or person, or


(3)

any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of Maker,


then and in each such event Maker shall mail or cause to be mailed to the Holder a notice specifying  (i) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right and a description of said dividend, distribution or right, (ii) the date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, transfer, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective and (iii) the time, if any, that is to be fixed, as to when the holders of record of common stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of common stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, transfer, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.  Such notice shall be mailed at least thirty (30) days prior to the date specified in such notice on which such action is to be taken.


7.

Costs of Collection .  Maker agrees that if, and as often as, this Debenture is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection or to defend or enforce any of Holder's rights hereunder or under any instrument securing payment of this Debenture, Maker shall pay to Holder its reasonable attorneys' fees and all court costs and other expenses incurred in connection therewith, regardless of whether a lawsuit is ever commenced or whether, if commenced, the same proceeds to judgment or not.  Such costs and expenses shall include, without limitation, all costs, reasonable attorneys' fees, and expenses incurred by Holder in connection with any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization,






foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure or similar proceedings involving Maker or any endorser, surety, guarantor, or other person liable for this Debenture which in any way affect the exercise by Holder of its rights and remedies under this Debenture, or any other document or instrument securing, evidencing, or relating to the indebtedness evidenced by this Debenture.


8.

Default .  At the option of Holder, the unpaid principal balance of this Debenture and all accrued interest thereon shall become immediately due, payable, and collectible, without notice or demand, upon the occurrence at any time of any of the following events, each of which shall be deemed to be an event of default hereunder:


a.

Maker's failure to make any payment of principal, interest, or other charges on or before the date on which such payment becomes due and payable under this Debenture or the Credit Agreement.


b.

Any breach or violation of any representation, warranty, agreement or covenant contained in this Debenture, or in any other document or instrument securing, evidencing, or relating to the indebtedness evidenced by this Debenture, including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement or the Security Agreement.


c.

The failure of Maker to generally pay its debts as they become due or if Maker shall file in any court pursuant to any statute, either of the United States or of any state, a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency, or for reorganization, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee of all or a substantial portion of Maker' property, or if Maker make any assignment for or petitions for or enters into an arrangement for the benefit of creditors, or if a petition in bankruptcy is filed against Maker which is not discharged within sixty (60) days thereafter.


d.

Dissolution, liquidation or termination of Maker.


e.

Any event which constitutes an event of default under the Credit Agreement or Security Agreement.


9.

Application of Payments .  Any payment made against the indebtedness evidenced by this Debenture shall be applied against the following items in the following order:  (1) costs of collection, including reasonable attorney's fees incurred or paid and all costs, expenses, default interest, late charges and other expenses incurred by Holder and reimbursable to Holder pursuant to this Debenture (as described herein); (2) default interest accrued to the date of said payment; (3) ordinary interest accrued to the date of said payment; and (4) finally, outstanding principal.


10.

Assignment of Debenture .  This Debenture may not be assigned by Maker without the Holder’s written consent.


11.

Non-Waiver .  No delay or omission on the part of Holder in exercising any rights or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or remedy or of any other right or remedy under this Debenture.  A waiver on any one or more occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any such right and/or remedy on any future occasion.







12.

Maximum Interest .  In no event whatsoever shall the amount paid, or agreed to be paid, to Holder for the use, forbearance, or retention of the money to be loaned hereunder ("Interest") exceed the maximum amount permissible under applicable law.  If the performance or fulfillment of any provision hereof, or any agreement between Maker and Holder shall result in Interest exceeding the limit for Interest prescribed by law, then the amount of such Interest shall be reduced to such limit.  If, from any circumstance whatsoever, Holder should receive as Interest an amount which would exceed the highest lawful rate, the amount which would be excessive Interest shall be applied to the reduction of the principal balance owing hereunder (or, at the option of Holder, be paid over to Maker) and not to the payment of Interest.


13.

Purpose of Loan .  Maker certifies that the loan evidenced by this Debenture is obtained for business or commercial purposes and that the proceeds thereof will not be used primarily for personal, family, household, or agricultural purposes.


14.

Waiver of Presentment .  To the extent permitted by applicable law, Maker and the endorsers, sureties, guarantors and all persons who may become liable for all or any part of this obligation shall be jointly and severally liable for such obligation and hereby jointly and severally waive presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest, and any and all lack of diligence or delays in collection or enforcement hereof.  Said parties consent to any modification or extension of time (whether one or more) of payment hereof, the release of all or any part of the security for the payment hereof, and the release of any party liable for payment of this obligation.  Any modification, extension, or release may be without notice to any such party and shall not discharge said party's liability hereunder.


15.

Governing Law .  As an additional consideration for the extension of credit, Maker and each endorser, surety, guarantor, and any other person who may become liable for all or any part of this obligation understand and agree that the loan evidenced by this Debenture is made in the State of Maker’s residence or domicile and the provisions hereof will be construed in accordance with the laws of such state, and such parties further agree that in the event of default this Debenture may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction in said state, and they do hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court regardless of their residence or where this Debenture or any endorsement hereof may be executed.


16.

Binding Effect .  The term "Maker" as used herein shall include the original Maker of this Debenture and any party who may subsequently become liable for the payment hereof as an assumer with the consent of the Holder, provided that Holder may, at its option, consider the original Maker of this Debenture alone as Maker unless Holder has consented in writing to the substitution of another party as Maker.  The term "Holder" as used herein shall mean Holder or, if this Debenture is transferred, the then Holder of this Debenture.


17.

Relationship of Parties .  Nothing herein contained shall create or be deemed or construed to create a joint venture or partnership between Maker and Holder, Holder is acting hereunder as a lender only.


18.

Liability of Maker .  Maker's liability under this Debenture shall be joint and several; and Holder shall have no duty or obligation to exhaust any remedies at law or in equity against one






Maker as a condition to asserting Holder's remedies against the other Maker, or both Maker concurrently.


19.

Severability .  Invalidation of any of the provisions of this Debenture or of any paragraph, sentence, clause, phrase, or word herein, or the application thereof in any given circumstance, shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Debenture.


20.

Amendment; Conflicts .  This Debenture may not be amended, modified, or changed, except only by an instrument in writing signed by both of the parties.    To the extent there is a conflict in the terms and provisions of this Debenture and the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement shall control and be binding.  


21.

Time of the Essence .  Time is of the essence for the performance of each and every obligation of Maker hereunder.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Debenture this ____ day of ________, 200_.


B2 HEALTH, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation



By:  

        







FUND ESCROW AGREEMENT



THIS FUND ESCROW AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 11 th day of September, 2007, by and among B2 HEALTH, INC. (the "Company"), a Delaware corporation; and CORPORATE STOCK TRANSFER, INC., the "Escrow Agent").



1.

Purpose .  The Company desires to make a public offering (the "Public Offering") of up to 500,000 Shares of Common Stock, $.0001 par value (the "Shares") in a direct public offering at the offering price of $1.00 per Share.  The Public Offering is to be made pursuant to a registration statement (the "Registration Statement") and prospectus (the "Prospectus") included therein which has been filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on Form SB-2 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and pursuant to filings that have been made or will be made with the applicable authorities of states in which the offering will be made. The Company will not engage the services of a broker-dealer to serve as underwriter in the Public Offering. The Company wishes to make provision to escrow the gross proceeds from the sale of all 500,000 Shares sold in the Public Offering.  The Company and the Escrow Agent desire to enter into an agreement with respect to the above-described escrow arrangements.


2.

Deposit of Proceeds .  The Company agrees to deliver to the Escrow Agent, immediately upon receipt thereof, all proceeds from the sale of the Shares sold in the Public Offering at the offering price of $1.00 per Share (a total of up to $500,000), together with a written account of each sale. The written account shall set forth, among other things, the names and addresses of the purchasers, the number of Shares purchased by each, the amount paid therefor, and whether the consideration received was in the form of cash or evidenced by a check.


3.

Escrow Account .  All money delivered to the Escrow Agent pursuant hereto shall be deposited immediately by the Escrow Agent in a separate account established by the Escrow Agent pursuant to this Agreement (the "Escrow Account").  The Escrow Account shall be created and maintained subject to the customary rules and regulations of the Escrow Agent pertaining to such account, and shall be entitled "B2 Health, Inc. Escrow Account."


4.

Escrow Period .  During the Escrow Period (as herein after defined), all amounts deposited in the Escrow Account shall not become the property of the Company or any other entity, and except as provided herein, the Escrow Agent shall make or permit no disbursements from the Escrow Account.


a.

The Escrow Period shall begin with the commencement of the Public Offering, which shall be the effective date of the aforesaid Registration Statement, and shall terminate on a date which is the earlier of (i) the deposit into the Escrow Account of $500,000 representing the proceeds from the maximum offering of 500,000 Shares, or (ii) 90 days from the commencement date of the Offering, unless extended for up to an additional 90 days at the discretion of the Company.


5.

Delivery of Proceeds if Minimum Offering Sold .  In the event the Escrow Period terminates and there has been deposited and collected in the Escrow Account of a minimum $200,000 from the sale of 200,000 Shares, the Escrow Agent shall deliver and pay over to the Company all amounts deposited in the Escrow Account, with interest, less the Escrow Agent’s fees.  Immediately following such payments, the Escrow Agent shall be completely discharged of its obligations hereunder and released of any further liabilities or responsibilities hereunder.





6.

Delivery of Proceeds if Minimum Offering Not Sold .  In the event the Escrow Period terminates and the proceeds from the sale of the minimum offering of 200,000 Shares has not been deposited and collected, the Escrow Agent, as promptly as possible after such termination and on the basis of its records of the Escrow Account, shall return to each of the purchasers of the Shares in the Public Offering the amounts paid in by them for the purchase of the Shares without interest or deductions therefrom.  The amount paid to each purchaser shall be free and clear of any claims of the Company or of any of its creditors. The Escrow Agent shall be required to make such payment only to the person named in the written account of each sale to be furnished by the Company pursuant to paragraph 2 hereof, and payment shall only be made on cleared and collected funds.  At such time as the Escrow Agent shall have made all the payments and remittances provided in this paragraph, the Escrow Agent shall be completely discharged and released of any and all further liabilities and responsibilities hereunder.


7.

Notices .  The Company agrees to give to the Escrow Agent written notice of the date upon which the Public Offering is commenced, as soon as practicable thereafter.


a.

The Escrow Agent is hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all notices or warnings given by any of the parties hereto, or by any other person, firm or corporation, excepting only orders or process of court, and is hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey any and all process, orders, judgments or decrees of any court, and in case the Escrow Agent obeys or complies with any such process, order, judgment or decree of any court it shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding that any such process, order, judgment or decree be subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside or vacated, or found to have been issued or entered without jurisdiction.


b.

Any notice required or desired to be given by the Escrow Agent to any party to this Escrow Agreement may be given by mailing the same addressed to such party at the address given below the signature of such party or the most recent address of such party shown on the records of the Escrow Agent, and notice so mailed shall for all purposes hereof be effectual as though served upon such party in person at the time of depositing such notice in the mail.


8.

Protection of Escrow Agent .   The Escrow Agent, in its actions pursuant to this Agreement, shall be fully protected in every reasonable exercise of its discretion and shall have no obligations hereunder either to the Company or to any other party, except as expressly set forth herein.


9.

Fee and Costs .  The Company shall pay the Escrow Agent a fee of $2,500 for the Escrow Agent's performance of its obligations hereunder.


10.

Receipts of Funds .  Written notice acknowledging receipt of the deposited funds from the Company will be delivered from time to time by the Escrow Agent to the Company.


11.

Liability of Escrow Agent .  In performing any of its duties hereunder, the Escrow Agent shall not incur any liability to anyone for any damages, losses, or expenses, except as may arise from its own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct.  The Escrow Agent shall not incur any liability with respect to any action taken or omitted in good faith upon advice of its counsel or counsel for the Company given with respect to any questions relating to the duties and responsibilities of the Escrow Agent under this Agreement, or any action taken or omitted in reliance upon any instrument, including the written advice provided for herein, not only as to its due



2



execution and the validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and accuracy of any information contained therein, which instrument the Escrow Agent shall in good faith believe to be genuine, to have been signed or presented by a proper person or persons, and to conform with the provisions of this Agreement.


12.

Indemnification .  The Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Escrow Agent against any and all losses, damages, claims and liabilities (including counsel fees) incurred or assessed against it in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except as may arise from its own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct.


13.

Disputes .  In the event of any dispute between the parties hereto as to the facts of default, the validity or meaning of these instructions or any other fact or matter relating to the transaction between the parties, the Escrow Agent is instructed as follows:


a.

That it shall be under no obligation to act, except under process or order of court, or until it has been adequately indemnified to its full satisfaction, and shall sustain no liability for its failure to act pending such process or court order or indemnification.


b.

That it may in its sole and absolute discretion, deposit the property described or so much thereof as remains in its hands with the then Clerk, or acting Clerk, of the District Court of the City and County of Denver, State of Colorado, and interplead the parties hereto, and upon so depositing such property and filing its complaint in interpleader it shall be relieved of all liability under the terms hereof as to the property so deposited, and furthermore, the parties hereto for themselves, their legal representatives, successors and assigns do hereby submit themselves to the jurisdiction of said court and do hereby appoint the then Clerk, or acting Clerk, of said court as their Agent for the service of all process in connection with such proceedings.  The institution of any such interpleader action shall not impair the rights of the Escrow Agent under paragraph numbered, above.


14.

Assignment and Transfer .  No assignment, transfer, conveyance or hypothecation of any right, title or interest in and to the subject matter of this Agreement shall be binding upon the Escrow Agent unless written notice thereof shall be served upon the Escrow Agent and all fees, costs and expenses incident thereto shall have been paid and then only upon the Escrow Agent's assent thereto in writing.


15.

Amendments .  This Agreement may be supplemented, altered, amended, modified or revoked by writing only, signed by all of the parties hereto, and approved by the Escrow Agent, upon payment of all fees, costs and expenses incident thereto.


16.

Binding Effect .  The provisions of these instructions shall be binding upon the legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.


17.

Applicable Law .  This Agreement shall be construed according to the laws of the State of Colorado.



3




IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company, and the Escrow Agent have executed this Fund Escrow Agreement on the day and year first above written.


B2 HEALTH, INC.




By:

/s/ John Quam___________________

John Quam, President


CORPORATE STOCK TRANSFER, INC.




By:

/s/ Carylyn K. Bell_______________

Carylyn K. Bell, President



4



SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT is entered into effective as of the 3 rd day of April, 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”) between B2 Health, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (“ Debtor ”) and John R. Overturf, Jr., (the “ Secured Party ”).

Recitals

A.

Pursuant to a credit agreement (the “ Credit Agreement ”) executed concurrently herewith, Debtor has agreed to borrow from the Secured Party, and the Secured Party have agreed to lend to Debtor up to $50,000, in the aggregate, subject to certain conditions (the “ Loans ”);

B.

Each advance under the Credit Agreement, if any, will be evidenced by a Secured Convertible Debenture (all such debentures delivered to the Secured Party, collectively, the “ Debentures ”); and

C.

As a condition to the obligation of the Secured Party to loan such amounts to Debtor pursuant to the Credit Agreement, Debtor is required to enter into this Security Agreement and to grant to the Secured Party a security interest in the Collateral (as hereinafter defined).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

Agreement

1.

SECURITY

1.1

Grant of Security Interest .  As security for all of the Obligations (as defined in Section 1.2 ), Debtor hereby grants to the Secured Party a continuing security interest (as that term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in Delaware on the date hereof (the “ Uniform Commercial Code ”)), in, and assigns and pledges to the Secured Party all of the Debtor's right, title and interest in and to the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (by operation of law or otherwise), and whether now or hereafter existing, owned by Debtor or in which Debtor otherwise has any rights (collectively, the “ Collateral ”):

(a)

All of Debtor's tangible personal property, including without limitation all present and future inventory, equipment (including items of equipment which are or become fixtures), now owned or hereafter acquired;

(b)

All patents and patent applications and the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, including without limitation, all patents and patent applications described on Schedule 1.1 hereto, together with (i) all reissues, divisionals, continuations, renewals, substitutions, extensions and continuations-in-part thereof, (ii) all income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including without limitation, damages and payments for past, present and future infringements thereof, (iii) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof, and (iv) all rights corresponding, incident or relating thereto (collectively, the “ Patents ”);




(c)

All licenses and similar agreements and covenants not to sue with respect to all Patents or any of them (other than any existing license agreements or covenants not to sue which by their terms prohibit assignment, transfer or the grant of a security interest by Debtor or give the other party thereto the right to terminate the same upon an assignment, transfer or grant of a security interest therein, which licenses or covenants not to sue do not in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the value or utility of the Patents or other assets of Debtor individually or as a whole), together with (i) all renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof and supplements thereto, (ii) income, royalties, damages and payments now or hereafter due or payable with respect thereto, including without limitation, damages and payments for past, present and future breaches thereof, (iii) the right to sue for past, present and future breaches thereof, and (iv) all rights corresponding, incident or relating thereto (collectively, the “ Licenses ”);

(d)

To the extent that such rights are assignable, all of Debtor's other intangible personal property other than the property covered by subsection (e) below, including, without limitation, all present and future accounts, contract rights, permits, licenses, general intangibles, chattel paper, documents, and instruments, now owned or hereafter acquired;

(e)

All of Debtor's present and future Government Accounts and rights under Government Contracts, now owned or hereafter acquired; provided, however , that Secured Party shall not have a security interest in any rights under any Government Contract of Debtor or in the related Government Account where the taking of such Security Interest would be a violation of an express prohibition contained in the Government Contract (for purposes of this limitation, the fact that a Government Contract is subject to, or otherwise refers to, Title 31, § 3727 or Title 41, § 15 of the United States Code shall not be deemed an express prohibition against assignment thereof); and

(f)

Any and all additions to any of the foregoing, and any and all replacements, products and proceeds (including insurance proceeds) of any of the foregoing.

For purposes of this Agreement, the terms “ accounts ,” “ chattel paper ,” “ documents ,” “ general intangibles ,” “ instruments ,” “ inventory ,” “ fixtures ”, “ contract rights ” and “ equipment ” shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code, “ Government Account ” shall mean all accounts arising out of any Government Contract and “ Government Contract ” shall mean all contracts with the United States Government or with any agency thereof, and all amendments thereto.

1.2

Obligations .  The security interest created hereby in the Collateral constitutes a continuing security interest for all of the following obligations, indebtedness and liabilities, whether now existing or hereafter incurred or arising (collectively, the " Obligations "):


(a)

The payment and performance by Debtor, as and when due and payable, of all amounts from time to time owing by it under or with respect to, whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses or otherwise, and the performance of all other obligations of Debtor under the Credit Agreement, the Debentures, this Agreement or any other document or instrument now or hereafter delivered in connection with or as security for the Debentures (collectively, the " Loan Documents ");


(b)

All loans and future advances made by Secured Party to Debtor evidenced by, and all other debts, obligations and liabilities of every kind and character of Debtor arising from, the Debentures, or hereafter arising in favor of Secured Party, whether such debts, obligations or liabilities be direct or indirect, primary or secondary, joint or several, fixed or contingent, and



2



whether originally payable to Secured Party or to a third party and subsequently acquired by Secured Party and whether such debts, obligations or liabilities are evidenced by notes, open account, overdraft, endorsement, security agreement, guaranty, or otherwise (it being contemplated that Debtor may hereafter become indebted to Secured Party in further sum or sums, but Secured Party shall have no obligation to extend further indebtedness by reason of this Agreement);


(c)

All expenditures made or incurred by Secured Party to protect and maintain the Collateral and to enforce the rights of Secured Party under this Agreement;


(d)

The due performance and observance by Debtor of all of its other obligations and undertakings from time to time existing under or with respect to the Loan Documents or any other document or instrument now or hereafter delivered in connection with or as security for any of the Loan Documents; and


(e)

All renewals, extensions, amendments, modifications, supplements or restatements of or substitutions for any of the foregoing.


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Obligations are not intended to include, and the Collateral is not intended to secure, amounts owing from the Debtor to Secured Party under any promissory note (other than the Debentures, which are intended to be secured hereby), or otherwise, made by the Debtor in favor of Secured Party before the date of this Agreement.


1.3

Certain Rights of Secured Party .  The Secured Party shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay any taxes or levies on the Collateral or any costs to repair or to preserve the Collateral, which payment shall be made for the account of Debtor and shall constitute a part of the obligations owed to the Secured Party and secured pursuant to this Agreement.

1.4

Financing Statements .  The Secured Party shall be authorized to execute and file of record such financing statements, continuation statements, and other documents with respect to the Collateral pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code and otherwise as Secured Party may determine, in form satisfactory to the Secured Party, and Debtor will pay the cost of filing the same in all public offices where filing is reasonably necessary (including, without limitation, the cost of filing in the office of the Colorado Secretary of State and the United States Patent and Trademark Office).

1.5

No Release .  No injury to, or loss or destruction of, any item of the Collateral shall relieve Debtor of any obligation under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents.

2.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF DEBTOR

In order to induce the Secured Party to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans, Debtor hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the Secured Party:

2.1

Organization; Due Authorization; Enforceability .  Debtor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  The execution, delivery and performance by Debtor of this Agreement and all transactions contemplated herein are within Debtor's corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary action on



3



the part of Debtor, corporate and otherwise.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Debtor and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Debtor, enforceable against Debtor in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity.


2.2

No Conflicts or Consents .   Neither the ownership nor the intended use of the Collateral by Debtor, nor the grant of the security interest by Debtor to Secured Party herein, nor the exercise by Secured Party of their rights and remedies hereunder, does or will (i) conflict with or violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other governing documents of Debtor, (ii) conflict with or violate any applicable domestic or foreign law, statute, rule or regulation applicable to or binding upon Debtor, (iii) conflict with or violate any agreement, judgment, license, order or permit applicable to or binding upon Debtor, or (iv) result in or require the creation of any lien, charge or Encumbrance (as defined below) upon any assets or properties of Debtor except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement.  Except for filings of financing statements to be made in favor of Secured Party and filing a copy of this Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, no consent, approval, authorization or order of, and no notice to or filing with, any court, governmental authority or third party is required in connection with the grant by Debtor of the security interest herein or the exercise by Secured Party of their rights and remedies hereunder.


2.3

Security Interest .   Debtor has and will have at all times full right, power and authority to grant a security interest in the Collateral to Secured Party in the manner provided herein, free and clear of any lien, security interest, adverse claims or other charges or encumbrances.  This Agreement creates a valid and binding security interest in favor of Secured Party in the Collateral securing the Obligations.  The filing of the financing statements and other instruments of registration delivered concurrently herewith by Debtor to Secured Party will perfect Secured Party's security interests hereunder in the Collateral securing the Obligations.  No further or subsequent filing, recording, registration, other public notice or other action is necessary or desirable to perfect or otherwise continue, preserve or protect such security interest, except for continuation statements or filings.


2.4

Title to Assets .   As of the date hereof, Debtor has good, valid, and marketable title to all of its properties and assets (whether real or personal), and there exists no mortgage, lien, security interest, reservation, covenant, restriction or other encumbrance (each of the foregoing hereinafter referred to as an “ Encumbrance ”) of any nature upon, or with respect to, Debtor or any of its properties or assets, including, without limitation, the Collateral, except for the security interests created by this Agreement.   No effective financing statement or other instrument similar in effect covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any recording office except such as may have been or will be filed in favor of Secured Party relating to this Agreement.

2.5

Taxes .  Debtor has filed all tax returns and reports required by any governmental authority to be filed by Debtor, and such returns and reports are true and correct.  Debtor has paid all taxes, assessments, and other government charges imposed upon it or its income, profits or properties, or upon any part thereof, other than those presently payable without penalty or interest.

2.6

No Default .  No Event of Default (as defined in Section 6.1 hereof), and no event which with notice, lapse of time, or both would constitute an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof.



4



2.7

Patents .   The Patents are valid and subsisting and have not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, either in whole or in part.  The Patents specifically described on Schedule 1.1 constitute all of the patents and patent applications now owned by Debtor, and said Patents constitute all patents and patent applications necessary or desirable to conduct Debtor's business as it is currently being conducted.

3.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF DEBTOR

Until all of the Obligations of Debtor are paid and performed in full, Debtor hereby covenants and agrees that it shall, unless the Secured Party otherwise consents in advance in writing:

3.1

Payment of Debentures .  In accordance with the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement, punctually pay the principal of and interest on the Debentures and all other amounts that may be due thereunder at the times and places and in the manner specified therein, except to the extent of any principal or interest that is converted into common stock of the Debtor according to the terms of the Notes.

3.2

Corporate Existence .   Preserve, maintain, and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence in the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

3.3

Taxes, Charges, and Obligations .  Pay and discharge all taxes, assessments, and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income, profits, properties or any part thereof, prior to the date on which penalties or interest attach thereto, as well as all claims which, if unpaid, might become an Encumbrance upon any properties of Debtor, and pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all of the indebtedness and other obligations of whatever nature of Debtor; provided, however , that Debtor shall not be required to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy, claim, indebtedness or obligation so long as (a) the validity thereof is being diligently contested by Debtor in good faith and by proper proceedings, (b) Debtor sets aside on its books adequate reserves therefor in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, (c) during the period of such contest the enforcement of any contested item is effectively stayed, and (d) in the case where any such tax, assessment, charge, claim or levy might become an Encumbrance upon any item of the Collateral or any part thereof, Debtor makes arrangements acceptable to the Secured Party to secure the payment thereof.


3.4

Maintenance of Property .  Keep all property used or useful in its business, including, without limitation, the Collateral, in good repair, working order, and condition, and from time to time make all necessary or desirable repairs, renewals, and replacements thereof.

3.5

Preservation of Patents .   Prosecute diligently any patent application pertaining to the Patents, now or hereafter pending, file and prosecute opposition, cancellation, reissue, reexamination, protest, public use, concurrent use and similar proceedings relating to the Patents, and preserve and maintain all rights in all Patents.  Any expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing shall be borne by Debtor.


3.6

Notice and Defense of Actions .   Provide Secured Party with immediate notice of any opposition, cancellation, reissue, reexamination, protest, public use, concurrent use or similar proceeding relating to the Patents or any part thereof, and shall diligently defend its rights in any such action or proceeding.




5



3.7

Collateral .  Execute, deliver, and file, or cause the execution, delivery, and filing of, any and all documents (including, without limitation, financing statements and continuation statements) that Secured Party deem necessary or desirable to create, perfect, preserve, validate, or otherwise protect a lien and security interest in the Collateral; immediately upon learning thereof, report to the Secured Party any reclamation, return or repossession of any goods forming a part of the Collateral, any claim or dispute asserted by any debtor or other obligor owing an obligation to Debtor, and any other matters affecting the value or enforceability or collectibility of any of the Collateral; defend the Collateral against all claims and demands of all persons at any time claiming the same or any interest therein adverse to the Secured Party, and pay all costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses) incurred in connection with such defense; indemnify and protect the Secured Party against any liability, loss or expense arising from any such claims, demands, or disputes or out of any such reclamation, return or repossession of goods forming a part of the Collateral; provided , however , that if the Secured Party shall so elect, the Secured Party shall have the right at all times to settle, compromise, adjust or litigate all claims and disputes directly with the debtor or other obligor owing an obligation to Debtor upon such terms and conditions as the Secured Party deem advisable, and all costs and expenses thereof (including attorneys' fees and expenses) shall be made for the account of Debtor and shall constitute a part of the Obligations owed to the Secured Party and secured pursuant to this Agreement.

3.8

Notice of Default and Loss .  Give immediate notice to the Secured Party upon the occurrence of any Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time or otherwise would constitute an Event of Default and of any loss or damage to any of the Collateral.

3.9

Information .  Furnish Secured Party any information that Secured Party may from time to time reasonably request concerning any covenant, provision or representation contained in this Agreement or any other matter in connection with the Collateral or Loan Documents.

4.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF DEBTOR

Until all of the Obligations of Debtor are paid and performed in full, Debtor hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not, unless the Secured Party otherwise consents in writing:

4.1

Indebtedness and Contingent Obligations .  Create, incur, assume, or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except for (a) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents; and (b) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term " Indebtedness " means with respect to Debtor (i) all indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) all liabilities and obligations, contingent or otherwise, evidenced by a letter of credit or a reimbursement obligation of Debtor with respect to any letter of credit, (iii) all obligations issued, undertaken or assumed for the deferred purchase price of property acquired by Debtor (excluding accounts payable arising in the Debtor's ordinary course of business, but including all obligations of Debtor created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to any property acquired by Debtor), (iv) all obligations for borrowed money secured by an Encumbrance upon or in any property owned by Debtor whether or not Debtor has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligations for borrowed money, (v) all obligations of the type described in any of the clauses (i) through (iv) above which are guaranteed, directly or indirectly, or endorsed (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) or discounted with recourse by Debtor or for which Debtor is or may be liable, and (vi) all contractual and other obligations of any person or entity which are guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by Debtor or for which Debtor is or may be liable.



6




4.2

Fundamental Changes .  Amend its Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws by any amendment which would adversely affect Debtor's ability to perform or comply with any of the terms, conditions or agreements to be performed or complied with by Debtor hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents or to perform any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, change its name, consolidate or merge with any other corporation or other entity, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any other entity, including shares of stock of other corporations, except that Debtor may own notes and other receivables acquired in the ordinary course of business.  Debtor shall not take any action described in this Section 4.2 unless and until Debtor has taken all action requested by Secured Party to further perfect or protect Secured Party's security interests in the Collateral.


4.3

Transfer of Assets .  Sell, lease, assign (by operation of law or otherwise), pledge or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets (including, without limitation, the Collateral), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for sales of properties and assets other than the Patents and Licenses in the ordinary course of business and for fair market value.  Debtor shall not enter into any agreement relating to any Patent or License other than licensing agreements in the ordinary course of business, which are not inconsistent with the terms hereof and which do not have a material adverse effect on Debtor.

4.4

Investments .  Make or commit itself to make any advance, loan or capital contribution to, or other investment in, any other person or entity except for investments in bank deposits and other securities issued by banks, short-term securities of the United States of America or any agency thereof, and such other investments as the Secured Party shall approve.

4.5

Repurchase of Securities .   Purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its own capital stock (except in accordance with the terms of employment agreements or other agreements with Debtor’s employees or advisors that contemplate the purchase of Debtor stock from such parties) or purchase, acquire, redeem, retire, or make any payment on account of the principal of any indebtedness of Debtor, except at the stated maturity of such indebtedness, except where payment is required by mandatory sinking fund or prepayment provisions relating thereto, and except payments with respect to the indebtedness created by this Agreement or any other indebtedness owed to any Secured Party.

4.6

Other Agreements .  Enter into any agreement or undertaking containing any provision which would be violated or breached by Debtor's performance of its obligations under the Loan Documents.

4.7

Impairment of Security Interest .   Debtor shall not take or fail to take any action that it has the right to do, or authorize any licensee or third party to take or omit to take any action, that may result in a material change to or the abandonment, invalidation, unenforceability, avoidance, availability or diminution in the value of the Patents if such abandonment, invalidation, unenforceability, avoidance, availability or diminution in value would have a material adverse effect on the operations or financial condition of Debtor, or would in any manner otherwise impair the value or enforceability of Secured Party's security interest in any Patent.







7



5.

POWERS AND AUTHORIZATIONS


5.1

New or Additional Patents .  If, before the Obligations shall have been satisfied in full, Debtor shall obtain rights to any new or additional patents or applications therefor, Debtor shall give to Secured Party prompt notice thereof in writing.  Any such new patents and applications therefor shall, without any further action on behalf of Debtor, automatically become subject to the terms of this Agreement and shall be deemed to be Patents for the purposes of this Agreement.  Debtor will amend Schedule 1.1 to include any new or additional patents and applications therefor, but such new or additional patents and applications therefor shall constitute Collateral hereunder whether or not Debtor so amends Schedule 1.1 ; and Debtor agrees to execute such additional security agreements, financing statements, instruments of registration and related documents as may be reasonably requested by Secured Party to perfect Secured Party security interest in such patents and applications therefor.


5.2.

Power of Attorney .  Debtor hereby irrevocably appoints Secured Party as Debtor's attorney-in-fact and proxy, with full authority in the place and stead of Debtor and in the name of Debtor or otherwise, in Secured Party's discretion, at any time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to take any action and to execute any instrument which Secured Party may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including without limitation (i) to obtain and adjust insurance required to be paid to Secured Party under the Loan Documents, (ii) to ask, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compound, receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become due under or in respect of any of the Collateral, (iii) to receive, endorse and collect any drafts or other instruments, documents and chattel paper in connection with clause (i) or clause (ii) above, (iv) to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings that such Secured Party may deem necessary or desirable for the collection of any of the Collateral or otherwise to enforce the rights of Secured Party with respect to any of the Collateral, and (v) to execute and file one or more financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto, relating to the Collateral.  Secured Party shall be under no duty to exercise or withhold the exercise of any of the rights, powers, privileges, and options expressly or implicitly granted to Secured Party in this Agreement, and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or any delay in doing so.  Secured Party shall not be liable for any act or omission or for any error of judgment or any mistake of fact or law in their individual capacity or in their capacity as attorney-in-fact except acts or omissions resulting from Secured Party's willful misconduct or gross negligence.  This power of attorney is conferred on Secured Party solely to protect, preserve and realize upon their security interests in the Collateral.  Secured Party shall not be responsible for any decline in the value of the Collateral and shall not be required to take any steps to preserve rights against prior parties or to protect, preserve or maintain any security interest or lien given to secure the Collateral.  The powers granted herein are coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable from the date hereof and so long as any part of the Obligations is outstanding.


5.3

Performance by Secured Party .  If Debtor fails to perform any agreement or obligation contained herein, Secured Party may itself, at its option and in its sole discretion, perform, or cause performance of, such agreement or obligation, and the expenses of such Secured Party incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by Debtor on demand; provided, however, that nothing herein shall impose any obligation of any kind whatsoever on Secured Party to perform any obligation or agreement of Debtor.






8



6.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES


6.1

Events of Default .  The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” hereunder:

(a)

any action or event that is an “ Event of Default ” under the Debentures; (b) Debtor shall fail to pay or perform the Obligations when due; (c) any representation or warranty made by or on behalf of Debtor herein or in any other Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect on or as of any date as of which made; (d) Debtor shall at any time fail to observe, satisfy or perform any of the covenants or agreements contained in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 4.2, or 4.5 of this Agreement; (e) Debtor shall at any time fail to observe, satisfy or perform any of the covenants or agreements contained in Sections 3 or 4 (other than in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 4.2 or 4.5) of this Agreement, except that no failure to observe any of such covenants or agreements hereof shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder unless such default shall continue unremedied for a period of twenty (20) business days after written notice of the existence of such default shall have been received by Debtor from any Secured Party; or (f) Debtor shall default in the payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of Debtor or any such Indebtedness shall be accelerated or otherwise become due and payable prior to its stated maturity.

6.2

Rights and Remedies of the Secured Party .  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, or at any time thereafter, in addition to all other rights, powers and remedies herein conferred, conferred in the other Loan Documents or conferred by operation of law, Secured Party may declare the Obligations due, payable and performable or to become due, payable and performable to Secured Party immediately, including all principal and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes payable to such Secured Party and all other amounts with respect to Secured Party secured hereby or thereby, all without demand, presentment or notice, all of which are hereby expressly waived; and from time to time in its discretion, without limitation and without notice except as expressly provided below, Secured Party may:

(a)

Exercise with respect to the Collateral all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the Uniform Commercial Code (whether or not the Uniform Commercial Code applies to the affected Collateral);

(b)

Require Debtor to, and Debtor hereby agrees that it shall at its expense and upon request of Secured Party forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral and the documentation relating to the Collateral as directed by Secured Party and make it available to Secured Party at a place to be designated by Secured Party which is reasonably convenient to both parties;

(c)

Reduce its claim to judgment or foreclose or otherwise enforce, in whole or in part, the security interest created hereby by any available judicial procedure;

(d)

Dispose of, at its office, on the premises of Debtor or elsewhere, all or any part of the Collateral, as a unit or in parcels, by public or private proceedings, and by way of one or more contracts (it being agreed that the sale of any part of the Collateral shall not exhaust Secured Party's power of sale, but sales may be made from time to time, and at any time, until all of the Collateral has been sold or until the Obligations have been paid and performed in full), and at any such sale it shall not be necessary to exhibit any of the Collateral;

(e)

Buy the Collateral, or any portion thereof, at any public sale;



9



(f)

Buy the Collateral, or any portion thereof, at any private sale if the Collateral is of a type customarily sold in a recognized market or is of a type that is the subject of widely distributed standard price quotations;

(g)

Apply by appropriate judicial proceedings for appointment of a receiver for the Collateral, or any part thereof, and Debtor hereby consents to any such appointment; and

(h)

At its discretion, retain the Collateral in satisfaction of the Obligations whenever the circumstances are such that Secured Party is entitled to do so under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise.

Debtor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, five (5) calendar days' notice to Debtor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification.  Secured Party shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given.  Secured Party may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.

6.3

Application of Proceeds .   Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, or at any time thereafter, Secured Party may in their discretion apply any cash held by any Secured Party as Collateral, and any cash proceeds received by any Secured Party with respect to any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral, to any or all of the following in such order as Secured Party may elect:

(a)

To the repayment of the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees and legal expenses, incurred by any Secured Party in connection with (i) the administration of this Agreement, (ii) the custody, preservation, use or operation of, or the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, any Collateral, (iii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of any Secured Party hereunder; or (iv) the failure of Debtor to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof;


(b)

To the payment or other satisfaction of any liens and other encumbrances upon any of the Collateral;


(c)

To the reimbursement of Secured Party for the amount of any obligations of Debtor paid or discharged by any Secured Party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and of any expenses of any Secured Party payable by Debtor hereunder or under the other Loan Documents;


(d)

To the satisfaction of any other Obligations;


(e)

By holding the same as Collateral;


(f)

To the payment of any other amounts required by applicable law; and


(g)

By delivery to Debtor or to whomsoever shall be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.




10



Unless the Secured Party otherwise agree, all proceeds received by Secured Party from the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any Collateral (net of the actual unreimbursed out-of-pocket costs incurred by Secured Party in connection with such sale, collection or other realization) and all payments to Secured Party to reimburse it for certain expenses as provided herein if Debtor can not pay 100% of the demanded expense amounts shall be distributed to Secured Party.  


6.4

Deficiency .  In the event that the proceeds of any sale, collection or realization of or upon the Collateral by Secured Party are insufficient to pay all amounts to which Secured Party are legally entitled, Debtor shall be liable for the deficiency, together with interest thereon as provided in the governing Loan Documents or (if no interest is so provided) at such other rate as shall be fixed by applicable law, together with the costs of collection and the fees and expenses of any attorneys employed by any Secured Party to collect such deficiency.


6.5

Non-Judicial Remedies .  In granting to Secured Party the power to enforce their rights hereunder without prior judicial process or judicial hearing, Debtor expressly waives, renounces and knowingly relinquishes any legal right which might otherwise require Secured Party to enforce their rights by judicial process.  In so providing for non-judicial remedies, Debtor recognizes and concedes that such remedies are consistent with the usage of trade, are responsive to commercial necessity, and are the result of a bargain at arm's length.   Nothing herein is intended to prevent Secured Party or Debtor from resorting to judicial process at any party's option.


6.6

Remedies Not Exclusive .  All rights, powers and remedies herein conferred are cumulative, and not exclusive, of (i) any and all other rights and remedies herein conferred or provided for, (ii) any and all other rights, powers and remedies conferred or provided for in the Loan Documents, and (iii) any and all rights, powers and remedies conferred, provided for or existing at law or in equity, and Secured Party shall, in addition to the rights, powers and remedies herein conferred or provided for, be entitled to avail themselves of all such other rights, powers and remedies as may now or hereafter exist at law or in equity for the collection of and enforcement of the Obligations and the enforcement of the warranties, representations, covenants, indemnities and other agreements contained the Loan Documents.  Each and every such right, power and remedy may be exercised from time to time and as often and in such order as may be deemed expedient by Secured Party and the exercise of any such right, power or remedy shall not be deemed a waiver of the right to exercise, at the same time or thereafter, any other right, power or remedy.  No delay or omission by Secured Party or other person or entity in the exercise of any right, power or remedy will impair any such right, power or remedy or operate as a waiver thereof or of any other right, power or remedy then or thereafter existing.


7.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

7.1

Additional Actions and Documents .   Debtor shall take or cause to be taken such further actions, shall execute, deliver, and file or cause to be executed, delivered, and filed such further documents and instruments, and shall obtain such consents as may be necessary or as the Secured Party may reasonably request in order fully to effectuate the purposes, terms, and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, whether before, at or after the closing of transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder.

7.2

Notification . All notices, requests, instructions or other communications to be given in writing hereunder shall be addressed as follows:



11



If to Debtor :

B2 Health, Inc.

7750 N. Union Blvd., Suite # 201

Colorado Springs, CO  80920


If to the Secured Party :

John Overturf, Jr.

7750 N. Union Blvd., Suite # 201

Colorado Springs, CO  80920


Written communications shall be deemed given, when addressed to the other party as set forth above, three days after sent by registered or certified mail, one day after sent by overnight courier of national repute or on the same day when delivered in person or when sent by facsimile to the facsimile number as set forth above, provided that the sending party can provide written evidence of the communication's successful transmission to such facsimile number.  The notification information of any party may be changed by notifying the other parties of such change in accordance with this Section 7.2 .  Notice by e-mail shall not be effective for any purpose under this Agreement.

Any Secured Party who receives from a third party any notice or other written communication relating to the Collateral or any other right or obligation of the Secured Party under this Agreement shall forward promptly a copy of such notice or written communication to the other Secured Party and Borrower, unless it is clear from the face of the notice or written communication that the other Secured Party and Borrower have received or will receive the same notice or written communication from that third party.

7.3

Expenses .  Debtor shall (a) reimburse the Secured Party and save the Secured Party harmless against liability for the payment of all out-of-pocket expenses arising in connection with enforcement of, or the preservation or exercise of any rights (including the right to collect and dispose of the Collateral) under, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of counsel to the Secured Party arising in such connection; and (b) pay, and hold the Secured Party and subsequent holders of the Notes harmless from and against, any and all present and future stamp taxes or similar document taxes or recording taxes and any and all charges with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying, or failure to pay, such taxes.

7.4

Severability .  If fulfillment of any provision of the Loan Documents or performance of any transaction related thereto, at the time such fulfillment or performance shall be due, shall involve transcending the limit of validity prescribed by law, then the obligation to be fulfilled or performed shall be reduced to the limit of such validity; and if any clause or provision contained in any Loan Document operates or would operate prospectively to invalidate any Loan Document, in whole or in part, then such clause or provision only shall be held ineffective, as though not herein or therein contained, and the remainder of the Loan Documents shall remain operative and in full force and effect.

7.5

Waivers .   No waiver by the Secured Party of, or consent by the Secured Party to, a variation from the requirements of any provision of the Loan Documents shall be effective



12



unless made in a written instrument duly executed on behalf of each Secured Party, and any such waiver shall be limited solely to those rights or conditions expressly waived.

7.6

Rights Cumulative .  The rights and remedies of the Secured Party described in any of the Loan Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies which the Secured Party or the then holder of the Notes otherwise would have at law or in equity or otherwise.  Except as otherwise provided herein, notice to or demand on Debtor in any case shall not entitle Debtor to any other notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

7.7

Entire Agreement; Modification; Conflicts; Benefit .  This Agreement, the exhibits hereto, and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the matters contemplated herein, supersede all prior oral and written agreements with respect to the matters contemplated herein, and may not be modified, deleted or amended except by written instrument executed by the parties.  The representations, warranties and covenants of the parties contained in this Agreement and in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are intended to be cumulative and should be construed wherever necessary as accretive to the rights and obligations of the parties.  To the extent that there is a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement shall control and be binding; provided, however, that the absence of a representation, warranty or covenant in the Credit Agreement that is contained in this Security Agreement shall not be deemed a conflict, but rather the representations, warranties and covenants to the extent not in direct conflict, shall be deemed to be cumulative.  All terms of this Agreement and of the other Loan Documents shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided , however , that no Secured Party may assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except in connection with the transfer or assignment of a Note, which is permitted by the terms thereof.  Debtor shall not have the right to assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Secured Party.

7.8

Termination .  This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of payment and performance in full of all Obligations or conversion of all amounts payable under the Notes into the common stock of the Debtor as set forth therein.

7.9

Construction .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO, AND ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES RELATING THERETO SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF COLORADO (EXCLUDING THE CHOICE OF LAW RULES THEREOF).  

7.10

Pronouns .  All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or entity may require.

7.11

Headings .  Section and subsection headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement for any purpose, and shall not in any way define or affect the meaning, construction or scope of any of the provisions hereof.



13



7.12

Payments .  If any payment or performance of the Debentures or of any of the other obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents becomes due on a day other than a Business Day, the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and interest thereon (if applicable) shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.  For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in Colorado are authorized by law to close.

7.13

Execution .  To facilitate execution, this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents may be executed in as many counterparts as may be required; and it shall not be necessary that the signatures of, or on behalf of, each party, or the signatures of all persons required to bind any party, appear on each counterpart; but it shall be sufficient that the signature of, or on behalf of, each party, or the signatures of the persons required to bind any party, appear on one or more of the counterparts.  All counterparts shall collectively constitute a single agreement.  It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or any other Loan Document to produce or account for any particular number of counterparts; but rather any number of counterparts shall be sufficient so long as those counterparts contain the respective signatures of, or on behalf of, all of the parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have duly executed this Agreement, or have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on their behalf, as of the day and year first hereinabove set forth.

DEBTOR :

LENDER :

B2 HEALTH, INC.

/s/ John R. Overturf, Jr._______________

John R. Overturf, Jr.


By: /s/ John Quam______________

Name:  John Quam

Title:  President




14


Ronald R. Chadwick, P.C.

Certified Public Accountant

2851 South Parker Road

Suite 720

Aurora, Colorado  80014

Phone (303)306-1967

Fax (303)306-1944





CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM



I consent to the use in the Registration Statement of B2 Health, Inc. on Form SB-2 of my Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, dated October 27, 2006, on the consolidated balance sheet of B2 Health, Inc. as at September 30, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the period from March 8, 2006 (date of inception) to September 30, 2006.


In addition, I consent to the reference to me under the heading “Experts” in the Registration Statement.


RONALD R. CHADWICK, P.C.

/s/ Ronald R. Chadwick

Aurora, Colorado

September 10, 2007